OBD, General Information
OBD Characteristics
The ECM (Engine Control Module) J623 and Transmission Control Module (on vehicles with automatic transmission) are equipped with a DTC memory.
Malfunction Recognition
If malfunctions occur at the emission relevant systems or components, they are stored in DTC memory with a description of the malfunction type.
Engine control module and transmission control module differentiate between DTCs after analyzing information retrieved DTC tables on --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes .
The stored malfunctions can be checked with a standard diagnostic tester --> Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory .
When disconnecting harness connectors from Engine Control Module (ECM) or Transmission Control Module (TCM), or when disconnecting battery, all adaptation values in the control modules are erased. DTC memory content will remain intact however. After re-connecting harness connectors or battery, or after performing corrective actions.
The following work steps must be performed in the described sequence after the malfunction(s) have been repaired
- Check DTC memory , Diagnostic mode 3: Check DTC memory.
- Erase DTC memory , Diagnostic mode 4: Reset/erase diagnostic data.
- Then generate readiness code.
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
OBD Technical Data
Control Modules Identification
The control module version is displayed when "Mode 9: Vehicle information" is selected --> Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle Information .
Engine Control Module (ECM) equipment
| Engine codes | BFM, BGK | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Emissions limiting values according to | LEV1 | |||
| On Board Diagnostic (OBD) | OBD II | |||
| DTC memory | Permanent memory | |||
| Memory for adaptation values | Temporary memory | |||
| Oxygen sensor control | 4 sensors | |||
| Knock sensor control | 2 knock sensors | |||
| Intake manifold change-over | Yes | |||
| Camshaft adjustment | Yes | |||
| Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system | Yes | |||
| Electronic engine load regulation system | Yes | |||
| Ignition sequence | 1-5-4-8-6-3-7-2 | |||
*Independent of voltage supply.
*Values are lost when voltage supply is interrupted.
TCM equipment (Display under "1A")
| Transmission codes | GQF, HHV, HKT, HZA | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| System designation | 6HP24 | |||
| On Board Diagnostic (OBD) | OBD II | |||
| DTC memory | Permanent memory | |||
| Adaptation value memory | Temporary memory | |||
*Independent of voltage supply.
*Values are erased when voltage supply is interrupted.
Selectable diagnostic modes under address word 33 - OBD
Note. The conditions required for selecting the desired diagnostic mode are listed in the following table
| Diagnostic mode | Requirement | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Selectable diagnostic modes under address word 33 - OBD | Engine off Ignition switched on | Engine running at idle | Vehicle in drive mode | ||
| Mode 1 | Check measured values | > Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Mode 2 | Check operating conditions | > Diagnostic Mode 02 - Read Operating Conditions | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Mode 3 | Check DTC Memory | > Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Mode 4 | Reset/erase diagnostic data | > Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Mode 5 | Retrieve Lambda test results | > Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Oxygen Sensor Monitoring Test Results | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Mode 6 | Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored | > Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific Diagnostic Functions | No | Yes | Yes |
| Mode 7 | Check test results of components that are continuously monitored | > Diagnostic Mode 07 - Read Faults Detected During the Current or Last Driving Cycle | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Mode 8 | Tank leak test | > Diagnostic Mode 08 - Request Control of On-Board System, Test or Component | No | Yes | No |
| Mode 9 | Vehicle information | > Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle Information | Yes | Yes | Yes |
*Perform only with ignition switched on when engine does not start (operate starter beforehand for at least 6 seconds).
* Can be selected only in conjunction with Engine Control Module (ECM) (display under "10 - Engine electronics").
Diagnostic Tester, Connecting
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
Scheme 696
- Vehicle Diagnostic and Information System VAS5052 with
- Diagnostic cable VAS5052/3
Prerequisites
- The respective fuses of the Motronic fuel injection and ignition system or automatic transmission must be OK: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
- Parking brake must be engaged in order to connect the electrical parking brake.
- For vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever must be in position P or N.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine, transmission and body must be OK.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster must be switched off.
- A/C switched off.
- Ignition switched off.
Procedure
Connect diagnostic tester (VAS5052) using diagnostic cable (VAS5052/3) as follows
Scheme 697
- Connect diagnostic cable connector to Data Link Connector (DLC) (- arrow -).
- Depending on the desired diagnostic mode, it is necessary to: switch on ignition
or start engine --> Selectable diagnostic modes under address word 33 - OBD under OBD Technical Data .
Note. Respective operation of the diagnostic tester: , Operating instructions of the diagnostic tester. If no display appears on diagnostic tester, check voltage supply at Data Link Connector (DLC): --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
Scheme 698
Note. Test box VAG1598/31 is designed so that it can be simultaneously connected to the wiring harness at the Engine Control Module (ECM) and also to the ECM itself. This is advantageous because electronic engine control remains fully functional (e.g. measurement of signals with engine running) when the test box is attached. Relevant test procedures note whether Engine Control Module (ECM) should also be connected to the test box or not. Use the following for the test: portable multimeter VAG1526 or the multimeter VAG1715 and the voltage test lamp VAG1527. Always use adapter cables from connector test kit VAG1594 for connecting special tools to the test box VAG1598/31.
| CAUTION | To avoid damaging electronic components, set measuring range before connecting test leads and observe all test requirements. |
VAG1598/31, Connecting
- Switch ignition off.
- Remove right cover from plenum chamber.
Scheme 699
- Open both bolts (- arrows -) and remove Engine Control Module (ECM) toward front.
Scheme 700
To complicate accessibility to the harness connectors at Engine Control Module (ECM), Engine Control Module (ECM) - 1 - is screwed to a protective housing - 4 - via a locking mechanism - 2 - and snap-off screws - 3 -.
The thread of the snap-off screws is coated with locking compound to additionally complicate removal of the snap-off screws.
To be able to disconnect harness connectors from Engine Control Module (ECM) (e.g. when connecting test box or when replacing Engine Control Module), Engine Control Module (ECM) must be removed from protective housing. This procedure is described in the following.
Required Equipment
Scheme 701
- Heat gun - 1 - (from Wiring Harness Repair Kit VAS1978)
- Attachment nozzle - 2 - (also from Wiring Harness Repair Kit VAS1978)
- Standard locking pliers
Procedure
| CAUTION | To avoid damage (burning) of wire connections and harness connectors, insulation and control modules, the following work steps must be adhered to exactly! Observe operating instructions of heat gun. |
- "Flip" Engine Control Module (ECM) with protective housing in direction of engine compartment so that the locking mechanism (- 2 - in illustration) becomes visible, place a clean rag below the Engine Control Module (ECM) with protective housing.
Scheme 702
- Perform adjustments on heat gun as shown in illustration, i.e., potentiometer for temperature selection - 2 - to maximum heat output and the two-stage switch for air flow - 3 - to position 3.
Note. Next, the thread of locking mechanism in which the snap-off screws are threaded in are heated using the heat gun. This step lowers the inhibition effect of the locking compound on the thread of the snap-off screws, to ease the removal of the snap-off screws.
| CAUTION | When heating threads of locking mechanism, snap-off screws and components of protective housing are also heated intensely. Do not burn yourself on them! Also make sure that only the thread is heated if possible and no other components in the vicinity are heated. Cover these as necessary. |
Scheme 703
- Guide nozzle - 1 - of heat gun onto locking mechanism thread so that the nozzle "encloses" the thread. Let nozzle make contact steadily on upper end of protective housing.
- Switch on heat gun and heat thread for approx. 20 to 25 seconds.
Scheme 704
- Then clamp bolt head - 2 - using locking pliers - 1 - and remove snap-off screw in direction of (- arrow -).
Procedure for the second snap-off screw is exactly the same. Be especially careful, because the control module connectors are located in the immediate vicinity.
Scheme 705
- Guide nozzle - 1 - of heat gun onto locking mechanism thread again so that the nozzle "encloses" the thread. Let nozzle make contact steadily on upper end of protective housing.
- Switch on heat gun and heat thread for approx. 20 to 25 seconds.
Scheme 706
- Then clamp bolt head - 2 - using locking pliers - 1 - and remove snap-off screw in direction of - arrow -.
Now Engine Control Module (ECM) can be detached from protective housing.
- Disengage connectors from Engine Control Module (ECM) and then disconnect the connectors.
Scheme 707
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to connector of wiring harness. Ground (GND) clip must be connected to Ground (GND). Relevant test procedures note whether Engine Control Module (ECM) should also be connected to the test box.
- Perform test as described in relevant repair sequence.
Engine Control Module, Installing
Installation is performed in reverse order, ECM must always be installed with the protective housing. New snap-off screws must be used.
Perform the following work after re-connecting Engine Control Module (ECM)
- Generate readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Note. In the first adaptation phase during engine basic setting, it is possible that idle will be rough and vehicle may shake lightly in drive mode.
Catalyst Monitoring K72 Warning Light, Meaning
The warning light for catalytic converter monitoring lights up when exhaust relevant malfunctions are recognized by the ECM or TCM. Signal is transferred via CAN-Bus.
Scheme 708
Component location of warning light for catalytic converter monitoring
Note. The warning light for catalytic converter monitoring can blink or remain lit continuously. DTC memory must be checked in each case --> Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory . Blinking: There is a malfunction that causes damage to the catalytic converter in this driving condition. In this case, vehicle must only be driven at reduced power! Continuously lit: There is a malfunction that causes increased emissions. Check DTC memory for Engine Control Module (ECM) and automatic transmission. DTC memory must still be checked if there are driveability problems or the customer has complained but the warning light for catalytic converter monitoring is not lit, because malfunctions can be stored without causing the warning light for catalytic converter monitoring to light immediately.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp, Function Test
- Switch ignition on.
- Catalytic converter monitoring warning lamp must go on
- Start engine.
- Shortly after starting engine, catalytic converter monitoring lamp goes out if there are no emissions-related malfunctions stored in the DTC memory.
Note. The switch-on signal for Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is transferred from Engine Control Module (ECM) or Transmission Control Module (TCM) to the instrument cluster via CAN-Bus. Check CAN bus terminal resistance --> Data Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking .
Diagnostic Mode, Selecting
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Vehicle Diagnostic and Information System VAS5052 with
- Diagnostic cable VAS5052/3
Address Word 33 - OBD
Function
Via the diagnostic tester, different diagnostic modes can be selected under "address word 33 - On-Board Diagnostic (OBD)".
The following diagnostic modes monitor all components and systems which influence the emission quality.
Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data
Diagnostic Mode 01 makes it possible to access current emissions-related measured values and diagnostic data. The original measured values (no replacement values), input and output data and system status information are displayed using Diagnostic Mode 1.
Prerequisite
- Coolant temperature must be at least 80 C --> PID 5, Coolant temperature.
Procedure
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Depending on the desired operating condition: switch on ignition
or start engine and let run at idle.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 1: Checking measured values."
- Select the desired measured values "PID XX".
Note. The specified values for the respective measuring values can be found at the respective component- and function tests. The following list only serves as an overview. The measuring values are sorted according to the PID (parameter identifications). Bank 1 = Cylinder bank 1, in direction of travel, right Bank 2 = Cylinder bank 2, in direction of travel, left Measuring values of Engine Control Module (ECM) are displayed under "10 - Engine electronics" and measuring values of Transmission Control Module (TCM) are displayed under "1A - Transmission electronics".
| PID | Display measuring values | 10 - Engine electronics | 1A - Transmission electronics |
|---|---|---|---|
| 01 | Monitoring status since erasing DTC memory | X | X |
| 03 | Condition of fuel system | X | |
| 04 | Calculated load condition value | X | |
| 05 | Coolant temperature/transmission oil | X | X |
| 06 | Short time gasoline-air ratio bank 1 | X | |
| 07 | Gasoline-air ratio bank 1 | X | |
| 08 | Short term gasoline-air ratio bank 2 | X | |
| 09 | Gasoline-air ratio bank 2 | X | |
| 12 | Engine rotations per minute (RPM) | X | X |
| 13 | Vehicle speed | X | X |
| 14 | Valve timing adjustment at 1. cyl. to advance | X | |
| 15 | Intake air temperature | X | |
| 16 | Air flow quantity at Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor | X | |
| 17 | Throttle valve position (absolute) | X | X |
| 18 | Availability status of secondary air | X | |
| 19 | Available oxygen B1 to B2S1 to S4 (present or not present) | X | |
| 20 | Sensor voltage Bank 1 - sensor 1 | X | |
| 21 | Sensor voltage Bank 1 - sensor 2 | X | |
| 24 | Sensor voltage Bank 2 - sensor 1 | X | |
| 25 | Sensor voltage Bank 2 - sensor 2 | X | |
| 28 | OBD-requirement for which this vehicle is designed - OBD and OBD II | X | X |
| 33 | Distance driving with MIL (catalytic converter monitoring warning lamp) on | X | |
| 52 | Current value of oxygen sensor signal, bank 1, sensor 1 | X | |
| 56 | Current value of oxygen sensor signal, bank 2, sensor 1 | X |
*PIDs that are not relevant are not listed.
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
Diagnostic Mode 02 - Read Operating Conditions
When an emissions-related fault (pending DTC, visible in mode 07) is first detected, operating conditions are stored. Mode 02 makes it possible to access this freeze frame data as soon as this fault is shown in mode 03. Each control module only shows freeze frame data for one fault via mode 02. Therefore, there are two priority levels. If there is a malfunction with higher priority, the freeze frame data is overwritten.
- Fault with higher priority: Misfire malfunction or fuel trim malfunction.
- Fault with normal priority: All other emissions-related faults.
Procedure
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Depending on the desired operating condition: switch on ignition
or start engine and let run at idle.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 2: Check operating conditions."
- Select desired operating condition "PID XX".
Note. The operating conditions are sorted by the PID (parameter-identifications). Bank 1 = Cylinder bank 1, in direction of travel, right Bank 2 = Cylinder bank 2, in direction of travel, left Measuring values of Engine Control Module (ECM) are displayed under "10 - Engine electronics" and measuring values of Transmission Control Module (TCM) are displayed under "1A - Transmission electronics".
| PID | Display measuring values | 10 - Engine electronics | 1A - Transmission electronics |
|---|---|---|---|
| 02 | DTC which triggered the current reception of all control module information | X | X |
| 03 | Condition of the fuel system | X | |
| 04 | Calculated load condition value | X | X |
| 05 | Temperature of coolant/gear oil | X | X |
| 06 | Short time gasoline-air ratio bank 1 | X | |
| 07 | Gasoline-air ratio bank 1 | X | |
| 08 | Short time gasoline-air ratio bank 2 | X | |
| 09 | Gasoline-air ratio bank 2 | X | |
| 12 | Engine rotations per minute (RPM) | X | X |
| 13 | Vehicle speed | X | X |
| 17 | Throttle valve position (absolute) | X | X |
*PIDs that are not relevant are not listed.
If DTCs are displayed in "PID 02"
- Repair stored malfunctions according to DTC table
- SAE P0xxx-DTCs --> «SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- SAE P1xxx-DTCs --> «SAE P1xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- SAE P2xxx-DTCs --> «SAE P2xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__sae-p2xxx-diagnostic-trouble-codes)
- SAE P3xxx-DTCs --> «SAE P3xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__sae-p3xxx-diagnostic-trouble-codes)
- SAE U0xxx-DTCs --> «SAE U0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__sae-u0xxx-diagnostic-trouble-codes)
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory
Diagnostic Mode 03 makes it possible to read emissions-related faults (confirmed DTCs: faults which have activated the MIL) in the ECM and in the TCM.
Warning light for catalytic converter monitoring (CAT) in instrument cluster lights up for one DTC entry.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
The DTC always consists of a 5-digit alpha-numeric value with the following meaning
Component group
- Pxxxx = DTC for drivetrain.
Norm-Code
- P0xxx = DTCs defined by SAE with specified malfunction texts.
- P1xxx = Additional emission relevant DTCs provided by manufacturer.
- P2xxx = DTCs defined by SAE with specified malfunction texts.
- P3xxx = Additional emission relevant DTCs provided by manufacturer.
System group
- Px0xx = Fuel-air mixture and additional emission regulations
- Px1xx = Fuel-air mixture.
- Px2xx = Fuel-air mixture.
- Px3xx = Ignition system.
- Px4xx = Additional emission regulation.
- Px5xx = Speed and idle control.
- Px6xx = Control module and output signals.
- Px7xx = Transmission.
- Px8xx = Transmission.
- Px9xx = Control modules, input and output signals.
Procedure
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Start engine and let run at idle.
Note. Only if engine does not start
- Operate starter for approx. 6 seconds. Do not switch ignition off afterward.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 3: Check DTC memory."
The number of stored malfunctions or "0 malfunctions detected" is displayed.
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
- Repair stored malfunctions according to DTC table
- SAE P0xxx-DTCs --> «SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- SAE P1xxx-DTCs --> «SAE P1xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- SAE P2xxx-DTCs --> «SAE P2xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__sae-p2xxx-diagnostic-trouble-codes)
- SAE P3xxx-DTCs --> «SAE P3xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__sae-p3xxx-diagnostic-trouble-codes)
- SAE U0xxx-DTCs --> «SAE U0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__sae-u0xxx-diagnostic-trouble-codes)
Note. The DTC table is sorted by SAE code. "EPC" -relevant malfunctions are also indicated by the warning lamp for Electronic Power Control ("EPC warning lamp") in the instrument cluster. In addition, "emission" -relevant malfunctions are indicated in the instrument cluster via the warning light for catalytic converter monitoring (CAT). In Diagnostic mode 2, it can be determined at which operating condition a malfunction was detected and stored by the Engine Control Module (ECM) --> Diagnostic Mode 02 - Read Operating Conditions .
- Erase DTC memory after repairing malfunction --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
Display Example
P0444 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open
Explanation
- P0444 = SAE diagnostic trouble code (malfunction identification number).
- Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve = malfunctioning wiring path or malfunctioning component.
- Circuit Open = Malfunction type as text
Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory
Diagnostic Mode 04 makes it possible to erase the DTC memory and to reset all emissions-related diagnostic data. In that way, all faults in the DTC memory in the ECM and TCM are erased. The adaptation values may also be reset.
Emissions-related diagnostic data includes (as applicable)
- MIL Status
- Number of DTCs
- Readiness Bits
- Confirmed DTCs
- Pending DTCs
- DTC that belongs to freeze frame
- Freeze frame data
- Test results of specific diagnostic functions
- Distance driven with MIL ON
- Number of Warm-Up Cycles after erasing the DTC memory
- Distance driven after erasing the DTC memory
- Misfire counter
Prerequisite
- DTC memory was erased --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
Procedure
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Start engine and let run at idle.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 4: Reset/erase diagnostic data.
Will be erased
- Number and content of the DTC memories
- Operating conditions
- Test results.
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Oxygen Sensor Monitoring Test Results
Note. Mode 05 may not be supported on all systems. On systems where Diagnostic Mode 05 is not supported, refer to Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific Diagnostic Functions .
Function
The static values of the oxygen sensors are indicated via this diagnostic mode.
The values of the individual oxygen sensor test results must reach the specified value or must be within the min.- and max.- limits.
Prerequisite
- Coolant temperature must be at least 80 C --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) .
Procedure
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Start engine and let run at idle.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 5: Check output of oxygen sensor signals".
- Select the desired output of oxygen sensor signals "Test-ID XX".
Scheme 709
- Select desired output of oxygen sensor signals "Test-ID XX".
*) V = Voltage in Volts (oxygen sensor signal)
**) t = Time in seconds
| Test-ID | Diagnostic text | Evaluation | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01 | Rich to lean sensor barrier voltage | ||||
| 02 | Lean to rich sensor barrier voltage | ||||
| 03 | Lower voltage for shift time calculation (lean) | Not relevant | |||
| 04 | Upper voltage for shift time calculation (rich) | Not relevant |
| Test-ID | Diagnostic text | Evaluation | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 05 | Calculated lean-rich shift time | Not relevant | |||
| 06 | Calculated rich-lean shift time | Not relevant | |||
| 07 | Minimum voltage at sensor for test cycle | ||||
| 08 | Maximum voltage at sensor for test cycle | ||||
| 129 | Current value of oxygen sensor signal | 40 | |||
| 130 | Specified value of oxygen sensor signal | 41 | |||
| 131 | Dynamic value | 42 |
Note. Bank 1 = Cylinder bank 1, in direction of travel, right Bank 2 = Cylinder bank 2, in direction of travel, left When selecting the diagnostic mode, the entry is always performed in "Bank 1 sensor 1".
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
Evaluation test-ID 01: Rich to lean sensor barrier voltage
| Test-ID 01 | Rich to lean sensor barrier voltage | Specified value |
|---|---|---|
| Bank 1 sensor 1 | 0.600 Volts | |
| Bank 1 sensor 2 | 0.600 Volts | |
| Bank 2 sensor 1 | 0.600 Volts | |
| Bank 2 sensor 2 | 0.600 Volts |
If specified value is not obtained
- Replace respective oxygen sensor
- Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , bank 1 --> «Heated Oxygen Sensors before Catalytic Converter, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__heated-oxygen-sensors-before-catalytic-converter)
- Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , bank 2 --> «Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Bank 1, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__oxygen-sensor-after-catalytic-converter-bank)
- Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , bank 1 --> «Heated Oxygen Sensors before Catalytic Converter, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__heated-oxygen-sensors-before-catalytic-converter)
- Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 , bank 2 --> «Oxygen Sensor 2 after Catalytic Converter, Bank 2, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__oxygen-sensor-2-after-catalytic-converter)
- Erase DTC memory --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- Generate readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Evaluation test-ID 02: Lean to rich sensor barrier voltage
| Test-ID 02 | Lean to rich sensor barrier voltage | Specified value |
|---|---|---|
| Bank 1 sensor 1 | 0.600 Volts | |
| Bank 1 sensor 2 | 0.600 Volts | |
| Bank 2 sensor 1 | 0.600 Volts | |
| Bank 2 sensor 2 | 0.600 Volts |
If specified value is not obtained
- Replace respective oxygen sensor
- Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , bank 1 --> «Heated Oxygen Sensors before Catalytic Converter, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__heated-oxygen-sensors-before-catalytic-converter)
- Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , bank 2 --> «Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Bank 1, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__oxygen-sensor-after-catalytic-converter-bank)
- Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , bank 1 --> «Heated Oxygen Sensors before Catalytic Converter, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__heated-oxygen-sensors-before-catalytic-converter)
- Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 , bank 2 --> «Oxygen Sensor 2 after Catalytic Converter, Bank 2, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__oxygen-sensor-2-after-catalytic-converter)
- Erase DTC memory --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- Generate readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Evaluation test-ID 07: Minimum voltage at sensor for test cycle
| Test-ID 07 | Minimum voltage at sensor for test cycle | Min. - max. - actual value |
|---|---|---|
| Bank 1 sensor 1 | Tester display | |
| Bank 1 sensor 2 | Tester display | |
| Bank 2 sensor 1 | Tester display | |
| Bank 2 sensor 2 | Tester display |
If specified value is not reached
- Short circuit to Ground (GND) or open circuit in wiring
- Check oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control
Bank 1 sensor 1 and Bank 2 sensor 1 --> Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function before catalytic converter, checking
Bank 1 sensor 2 and Bank 2 sensor 2 --> Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Checking Function
If specified value is exceeded
- Oxygen sensor not ready for operation
- Oxygen sensor heater faulty
- Check oxygen sensor heater
Bank 1 sensor 1 and Bank 2 sensor 1 --> Heater for Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking
Bank 1 sensor 2 and Bank 2 sensor 2 --> Heater for Oxygen Sensors after Catalytic Converter, Checking
- Short circuit to B+ or open circuit in wiring
- Check oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control
Bank 1 sensor 1 and Bank 2 sensor 1 --> Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function
Bank 1 sensor 2 and Bank 2 sensor 2 --> Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Checking Function
Evaluation test-ID 08: Maximum voltage at sensor for test cycle
| Test-ID 08 | Maximum voltage at sensor for test cycle | Min. - max. - actual value |
|---|---|---|
| Bank 1 sensor 1 | Tester display | |
| Bank 1 sensor 2 | Tester display | |
| Bank 2 sensor 1 | Tester display | |
| Bank 2 sensor 2 | Tester display |
If specified value is not reached
- Oxygen sensor not ready for operation
- Oxygen sensor heater faulty
- Check oxygen sensor heater
Bank 1 sensor 1 and Bank 2 sensor 1 --> Heater for Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking
Bank 1 sensor 2 and Bank 2 sensor 2 --> Heater for Oxygen Sensors after Catalytic Converter, Checking
- Short circuit to Ground (GND) or open circuit in wiring
- Check oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control
Bank 1 sensor 1 and Bank 2 sensor 1 --> Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function before catalytic converter, checking
Bank 1 sensor 2 and Bank 2 sensor 2 --> Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Checking Function
If specified value is exceeded
- Short circuit to B+ or open circuit in wiring
- Check oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control
Bank 1 sensor 1 and Bank 2 sensor 1 --> Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function before catalytic converter, checking
Bank 1 sensor 2 and Bank 2 sensor 2 --> Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Checking Function
Test ID 129 - Current Oxygen Sensor Voltage Value, Evaluating
| Current value of oxygen sensor signal | Min. max. current value |
|---|---|
| Bank 1, sensor 1 | Tester display |
| Bank 2, sensor 1 | Tester display |
If specified value is not reached
- Oxygen sensor not ready for operation
- Oxygen sensor heater faulty
- Check oxygen sensor heater
Bank 1 sensor 1 and Bank 2 sensor 1 --> Heater for Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking before catalytic converter, checking
- Short circuit to Ground (GND) or B+ or open circuit
- Oxygen sensor faulty
- Check oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control
Bank 1 sensor 1 and Bank 2 sensor 1 --> Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function before catalytic converter, checking
Test ID 130 - Specified Oxygen Sensor Voltage Value, Evaluating
| Oxygen sensor specified value | Min. max. current value |
|---|---|
| Bank 1, sensor 1 | Tester display |
| Bank 2, sensor 1 | Tester display |
If specified value is not reached
- Replace engine control module.
Test ID 131 - Dynamic Value, Evaluating
| Dynamic value | Min. - max. -Current value |
|---|---|
| Bank 1, sensor 1 | Tester display |
| Bank 2, sensor 1 | Tester display |
If specified value is not reached
- Oxygen sensor is aged
- Replace the respective oxygen sensor
- Bank 1, sensor 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 --> «Heated Oxygen Sensors before Catalytic Converter, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__heated-oxygen-sensors-before-catalytic-converter)
- Bank 2, sensor 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 --> «Heated Oxygen Sensors before Catalytic Converter, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__heated-oxygen-sensors-before-catalytic-converter)
Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific Diagnostic Functions
Diagnostic Mode 06 makes it possible to retrieve test results for special components and systems which are continuously or not continuously monitored. If the diagnosis of a system is complete, the diagnostic result and the corresponding thresholds are saved and displayed in mode 06. This data remains saved (even with the ignition off) until either new diagnostic results become available or the DTC memory is erased.
The values of the individual test results must reach the specified value or must be within the min.- and max.- limits.
| Test-ID | Components | Test | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01 | Catalytic converter monitoring | ||||
| 03 | Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system | ||||
| 05 | Tank ventilation system | ||||
| 09 | Coolant temperature sensor |
Test ID 01 - Catalytic Converter
Test Prerequisite
- Coolant temperature must be at least 80 C --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 5, Coolant temperature.
Procedure
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Perform a 15 minute road test in the highest gear or in the highest driving mode on a level driving surface.
The following operating conditions must be met during this road test
- Engine speed approx. 1800 to 2200 RPM --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 12, engine rotations per minute (RPM)
- Vehicle speed constant 90 km/h --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 13, Vehicle speed
Observe safety precautions that apply to road tests --> Safety Precautions .
- Let engine run at idle.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".
- Select the "Test-ID 01: Catalytic converter" off.
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID 01 | Catalytic converter | Specified value | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Min. | Max. | ||||||||
| Aging value Bank 1 Vehicles with manual transmission Vehicles with automatic transmission | Tester display | ||||||||
| Aging value Bank 2 Vehicles with manual transmission Vehicles with automatic transmission | Tester display | ||||||||
Note. Bank 1 = Cylinder bank 1, in direction of travel, right Bank 2 = Cylinder bank 2, in direction of travel, left
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If specified values are exceeded
- Replace respective exhaust pipe with catalytic converter --> «Exhaust System Components, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__exhaust-system-components-removing-and-installing) .
Test ID 03 - Secondary Air Injection System
Test Prerequisites
- There must not be any DTCs stored in DTC memory --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
Let vehicle stand for approx. 12 hours with engine switched off under the following conditions
- Intake air temperature 10 to 50 C --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 15: Intake Air Temperature (IAT)
- Coolant temperature approx. intake air temperature (10 to 50 C) --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 5, Coolant temperature.
Procedure
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Start engine and let run at least 15 minutes at idle.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".
- Select "Test-ID 03: Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system"
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID 03 | Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system | Specified value | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Min. | Max. | ||||||||
| Very low secondary air mass Bank 1 | 0.5 | ||||||||
| Very low secondary air mass Bank 2 | 0.5 | ||||||||
Note. Bank 1 = Cylinder bank 1, in direction of travel, right Bank 2 = Cylinder bank 2, in direction of travel, left
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If specified values are not reached
- Check secondary air system for proper seal --> «Secondary Air Injection Combination Valve, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__secondary-air-injection-combination-valve-checking) .
- Check Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 --> «Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__secondary-air-injection-pump-motor-checking)
Test ID 05 - Tank Ventilation System
Test Prerequisites
- Coolant temperature must be 80 to 110 C --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 5, Coolant temperature.
- Throttle valve angle 12.0 to 16.0% --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 17: Throttle valve position (absolute)
Procedure
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Start engine and let run at least 15 minutes at idle.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".
- Select "Test-ID 05: Tank ventilation system".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID 05 | Tank ventilation system | Specified value | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Min. | Max. | ||||||||
| Deviation of oxygen sensor control in direction lean | Tester display | ||||||||
| Deviation of oxygen sensor control in direction rich | Tester display | ||||||||
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If specified values are not reached
- EVAP canister system, checking for proper seal --> «EVAP System Diagnostic Leak Test, Performing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__evap-system-diagnostic-leak-test-performing) .
- Leak detection pump (LDP) V144 , checking --> «Leak Detection Pump, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__leak-detection-pump-checking) .
Test ID 09 - Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor G62
Test Prerequisite
- There must not be any DTCs stored in DTC memory --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
Procedure
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Perform a road test until a coolant temperature of 80 to 100 C has been reached --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 5, Coolant temperature.
- Switch ignition off.
- Start engine at a coolant temperature of 80 to 90 C and let it run at idle.
- Perform a 5 minute road test in the highest gear or in the highest driving mode on a level driving surface.
Observe safety precautions that apply to road tests --> Safety Precautions .
The following operating conditions must be met during this road test
- Engine speed approx. 1800 to 2200 RPM --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 12, engine rotations per minute (RPM)
- Vehicle speed constant 90 km/h --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 13, Vehicle speed
- Let engine run at idle.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".
- Select "Test-ID 09: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor".
- Check specified value at idle.
Specified value: System OK
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If specified value is not obtained
- Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 --> «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-coolant-temperature-sensor-checking) .
- Check coolant regulator: --> «19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bfm)
Diagnostic Mode 07 - Read Faults Detected During the Current or Last Driving Cycle
Mode 07 makes it possible to check emissions-related faults which appeared during the current or last driving cycle (pending DTCs).
A pending DTC is saved the first time a fault is detected (output via Mode 07).
- If the fault is detected again by the end of the following driving cycle, a confirmed DTC is entered (output via Mode 03) and the MIL is activated.
- If this malfunction is not detected again by the end of the following driving cycle, the corresponding pending code will be deleted at the end of the driving cycle.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, some of the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and run at idle.
Note. If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at least 5 seconds. Do not switch the ignition off afterward.
- Select "Mode 7: Check test results of components that are continuously monitored".
The number of pending DTCs or "0 malfunctions detected" will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
- Refer to the following DTC tables for the diagnostic repair procedure
- SAE P0xxx-DTCs --> «SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- SAE P1xxx-DTCs --> «SAE P1xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- SAE P2xxx-DTCs --> «SAE P2xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__sae-p2xxx-diagnostic-trouble-codes)
- SAE P3xxx-DTCs --> «SAE P3xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__sae-p3xxx-diagnostic-trouble-codes)
- SAE U0xxx-DTCs --> «SAE U0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__sae-u0xxx-diagnostic-trouble-codes)
- Switch the ignition off.
Diagnostic Mode 08 - Request Control of On-Board System, Test or Component
Diagnostic Mode 08 is used to control the operation of an on-board system, test or component. A Mode 8 service can be used to turn on-board system ON or OFF, or to cycle an on-board system, test or component ON or OFF for a specific period of time. The service can also be used to request system status or to report test results.
Diagnostic Mode 08, TID $01
Diagnostic Mode 08, TID $01 is used to determine if the evaporative system may be leaking.
Note. The Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 - and Leak detection pump (LDP) V144 seal the tank system.
Test Prerequisites
- Coolant temperature must be 80 to 110 C --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 5, Coolant temperature.
- Intake air temperature must not be above the maximum of 60 C --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 15, Intake air temperature.
- Throttle valve angle 12.0 to 16.0% --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 17: Throttle valve position (absolute)
Function Test
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Start engine and let run at least 15 minutes at idle.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 8: Tank leak test".
- Measuring value "Test-ID 01: select Tank leak test".
- Check specified value of tank leak test at idle.
| Test-ID 01 | Tank leak test | Specified value | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Test function will be initiated Test function active Test off Test aborted No results | Test OK | |||||
Note. The function test can take a few minutes. If the accelerator pedal is depressed during the test, the test will be aborted. To repeat the tank leak test, switch ignition off and start engine again and let run 15 minutes at idle.
If specified value is obtained
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If specified value is not obtained
- EVAP canister system, checking for proper seal --> «EVAP System Diagnostic Leak Test, Performing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__evap-system-diagnostic-leak-test-performing) .
- Leak detection pump (LDP) V144 , checking --> «Leak Detection Pump, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__leak-detection-pump-checking) .
Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle Information
Diagnostic Mode 09 makes it possible to access vehicle-specific information from the ECM and the TCM (where applicable).
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, Diagnostic Mode 09 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Prerequisite
- There must not be any DTCs stored in DTC memory --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
Procedure
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Switch ignition on.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 9: vehicle information".
- If necessary, select desired vehicle information "Test-ID XX".
Vehicle Information, Displaying
| Test-ID | Diagnostic text | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| 02 | Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) e.g.: WAULL44E15N019689 | ||
| 04 | Calibration identification e.g.: 4E0907551AB 0001 Engine Control Module (ECM) identification 4E0910156S 0020 Transmission Control Module (TCM) identification (only for vehicles with automatic transmission) | ||
| 06 | CVN (check sum) e.g.: 0000A620 Engine Control Module (ECM) CVN 354085DC Transmission Control Module (TCM) CVN The check sum is different with every control module version |
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
Readiness Code
Readiness Code, Reading
Function
The readiness code is an 8 digit number block that indicates the results of an exhaust related On Board Diagnostic (OBD).
If a diagnostic for a system has run through successfully, the respective digit of the number block is set from 1 to 0.
On Board Diagnostics are performed at regular intervals during normal vehicle operation. After repairing an exhaust relevant system, the readiness code should be generated via a road test to ensure that these systems are working according to specifications. If a malfunction is recognized during diagnostic, it is stored in DTC memory.
The readiness code is erased every time DTC memory is erased or when voltage supply is interrupted. DTC memory should therefore only be erased when there are DTCs stored.
Prerequisites
- There must not be any DTCs stored in DTC memory --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- Coolant temperature must be at least 80 C --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 5, Coolant temperature.
Procedure
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Start engine and let run at idle.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 1: Checking measured values."
- Select desired measuring value "PID 01".
- Observe right 8-digit number block
If all diagnostics have run through successfully, the following specified value 8-digit number block must appear.
- Specified value: displaying 00000000.
Evaluation PID 01: System status-information (right 8-digit number block:)
| Meaning if display position = 0 | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | Diagnostic function |
| 0 | Exhaust gas recirculation OK. Not available/always 0 | |||||||
| 0 | Oxygen sensor heater OK. | |||||||
| 0 | Oxygen sensors OK. | |||||||
| 0 | A/C system OK not available/always 0 | |||||||
| 0 | Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system OK. Not available/always 0 | |||||||
| 0 | EVAP canister system (tank ventilation system) OK. | |||||||
| 0 | Catalytic converter heater OK. Not available/always 0 | |||||||
| 0 | Catalytic converter OK. | |||||||
If a 1 is displayed instead of a 0 in the 8-digit number block
- Generate readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Readiness Code, Generating
Prerequisites
- The respective fuses of the Motronic fuel injection and ignition system must be OK: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Battery voltage must be at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster must be switched off.
- If vehicle is equipped with an A/C system, it must be switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine and chassis must be OK.
- There must not be any DTCs stored in DTC memory --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
Let vehicle cool off with the ignition switched off until the following conditions are met
- Intake air temperature 10 to 50 C --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 15
- Coolant temperature approx. intake air temperature (10 to 50 C) --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 5
Procedure
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Start engine and let run at idle for at least 15 minutes.
Observe safety precautions that apply to road tests --> Safety Precautions .
- Perform a 15 minute road test in the highest gear or in the highest driving mode on a level driving surface.
- Engine speed approx. 1800 to 2200 RPM --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 12, engine rotations per minute (RPM)
- Vehicle speed constant 90 km/h --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 13, Vehicle speed
- Do not switch off engine and let run at idle for at least 3 minutes.
Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system will be checked during this idle phase.
- Switch off engine for at least 30 minutes so that coolant temperature can drop to about a minimum of 10 C.
- Start engine and let run at least 2 minutes at idle.
Engine coolant temperature sensor will be checked during this idle phase.
Observe the safety precautions that apply to road tests --> Safety Precautions .
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) .
DTC Table
Note. The column "Cat" in the DTC overview indicates the switch-on condition for the warning light.
- Dcy = Driving cycle
- Erase DTC memory after repairing malfunction --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) and generate the readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating)
- If a malfunction only occurs occasionally, or if DTC memory is not erased after a malfunction has been repaired, the malfunction will be shown as "sporadic malfunction" with "SP" on the display.
- If the malfunction no longer appears within the next 40 warm-up cycles, this sporadic malfunction will be erased automatically.
- Warning light for catalytic converter monitoring does not switch on immediately for some malfunction types, but rather only after two consecutive Driving cycles (Dcy).
- If the warning light lights up with engine running, there is a malfunction that causes increased emissions. If warning light is lit and engine is running, a DTC must definitely be stored in DTC memory of Engine Control Module (ECM) or of Transmission Control Module (TCM). In this case, DTC memory of Engine Control Module (ECM) or of Transmission Control Module (TCM) must be checked.
- If warning light begins to blink, there is a malfunction (e.g. combustion misfires with a high rate of misfire) that can lead to damage to the catalytic converter. In this case, drive must be continued at reduced load performance (until the warning light goes out or remains constantly lit) and malfunction must be eliminated as quickly as possible.
- If malfunctioning components are detected, check also wires to the component for short circuit and open circuit according to wiring diagram.
- Before repairing malfunctions or replacing components, check wires and harness connectors to these components as well as Ground (GND) connections according to wiring diagram. This is particularly valid when malfunctions are displayed as "sporadically occurring (SP)".
Fuel and air mixture and additional emission regulations
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0010 | Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit/Open | 2 Dcy | Check camshaft adjustment valves --> Camshaft Adjustment Valves, Checking | |
| P0011 | Intake Camshaft Position - Timing Over-Advanced or System Performance, Bank 1 | |||
| P0012 | Intake Camshaft Position - Timing Over-Retarded, Bank 1 | |||
| P0020 | Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit/Open | |||
| P0021 | Intake Camshaft Position - Timing Over-Advanced or System Performance Bank 2 | |||
| P0022 | Intake Camshaft Position - Timing Over-Retarded, Bank 1 | |||
| P0030 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensors before catalytic converter --> Heater for Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking | |
| P0031 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | |||
| P0032 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0036 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit, Bank 1 Sensor 2 | 2 Dcy | Oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensors behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking --> Heater for Oxygen Sensors after Catalytic Converter, Checking | |
| P0037 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low, Bank 1 Sensor 2 | |||
| P0038 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High, Bank 1 Sensor 2 | |||
| P0041 | O2 Sensor Signals Swapped, Bank 1 Sensor 2/Bank 2 Sensor 2 | 2 Dcy | Check whether oxygen sensors are swapped Check harness connector with correct coding and color for affiliation to the correct catalytic converter. | |
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0050 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensors before catalytic converter --> Heater for Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking | |
| P0051 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | |||
| P0052 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | |||
| P0056 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit, Bank 2 Sensor 2 | 2 Dcy | Oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensors behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking --> Heater for Oxygen Sensors after Catalytic Converter, Checking | |
| P0057 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low, Bank 2 Sensor 2 | |||
| P0058 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High, Bank 2 Sensor 2 | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0101 | Mass or Volume Air Flow A Circuit Range/Performance | 2 Dcy | Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , checking --> Mass Air Flow Sensor, Checking , Check intake air system for leaks (false air) --> Intake System, Checking for Leaks | |
| P0102 | Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Low Input | |||
| P0103 | Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit High Input | |||
| P0106 | Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit Range/Performance | 2 Dcy | Engine Control Module (ECM), replacing | |
| P0112 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low | 2 Dcy | Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor, checking --> Intake Air Temperature Sensors, Checking | |
| P0113 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High | |||
| P0116 | Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Range/Performance | 2 Dcy | Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor, checking --> Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor, Checking | |
| P0117 | Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low | |||
| P0118 | Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0121 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch A Circuit Range/Performance | 2 Dcy | Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Checking --> Throttle Valve Control Module, Checking | |
| P0122 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch A Circuit Low | |||
| P0123 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch A Circuit High | |||
| P0130 | O2 Sensor Circuit, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor heating before catalytic converter --> Heater for Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking | |
| P0131 | O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor before catalytic converter --> Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function | |
| P0132 | O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | |||
| P0133 | O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | |||
| P0135 | O2 Sensor Heater Circuit, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor heating before catalytic converter --> Heater for Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking | |
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0136 | O2 Sensor Circuit, Bank 1 Sensor 2 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor behind catalytic converter --> Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Checking Function | |
| P0137 | O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage, Bank 1 Sensor 2 | |||
| P0138 | O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage, Bank 1 Sensor 2 | |||
| P0139 | O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response, Bank 1 Sensor 2 | |||
| P0140 | O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected, Bank 1 Sensor 2 | |||
| P0141 | O2 Sensor Heater Circuit, Bank 1 Sensor 2 | Check oxygen sensor heater for Oxygen Sensors (O2S) behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) --> Heater for Oxygen Sensors after Catalytic Converter, Checking | ||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0150 | O2 Sensor Circuit, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor heating before catalytic converter --> Heater for Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking | |
| P0151 | O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor before catalytic converter --> Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function | |
| P0152 | O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | |||
| P0153 | O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | |||
| P0155 | O2 Sensor Heater Circuit, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor heating before catalytic converter --> Heater for Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking | |
| P0156 | O2 Sensor Circuit, Bank 2 Sensor 2 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor behind catalytic converter --> Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Checking Function | |
| P0157 | O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage, Bank 2 Sensor 2 | |||
| P0158 | O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage, Bank 2 Sensor 2 | |||
| P0159 | O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response, Bank 2 Sensor 2 | |||
| P0160 | O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected, Bank 2 Sensor 2 | |||
| P0161 | O2 Sensor Heater Circuit, Bank 2 Sensor 2 | Check oxygen sensor heater for Oxygen Sensors (O2S) behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) --> Heater for Oxygen Sensors after Catalytic Converter, Checking | ||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0171 | System Too Lean, Bank 1 | 2 Dcy | Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure, checking --> Fuel Pressure Regulator and Residual Pressure with Return Line, Checking Check fuel injectors --> Fuel Injectors, Checking . Check intake air system for leaks (false air) --> Intake System, Checking for Leaks . Check Fuel Pump (FP) G6 --> Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Electrical Testing . Check Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G23 --> Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Electrical Testing . Check exhaust system for proper seal --> Exhaust System, Checking for Leaks . Check secondary air system for proper seal --> Secondary Air Injection Combination Valve, Checking . Check vacuum lines for proper seal | |
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0172 | System Too Rich, Bank 1 | 2 Dcy | Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure, checking --> Fuel Pressure Regulator and Residual Pressure with Return Line, Checking . Check fuel injectors --> Fuel Injectors, Checking . Check oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control before catalytic converter --> Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function . Check oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control behind catalytic converter --> Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Checking Function . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve, Electrical Testing . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve N115 --> EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Electrical Testing | |
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0174 | System Too Lean, Bank 2 | 2 Dcy | Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure, checking --> Fuel Pressure Regulator and Residual Pressure with Return Line, Checking . Check fuel injectors --> Fuel Injectors, Checking . Check intake air system for leaks (false air) --> Intake System, Checking for Leaks . Check Fuel Pump (FP) G6 --> Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Electrical Testing . Check Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G23 --> Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Electrical Testing . Check exhaust system for proper seal --> Exhaust System, Checking for Leaks . Check secondary air system for proper seal --> Secondary Air Injection Combination Valve, Checking . Check vacuum lines for proper seal | |
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0175 | System Too Rich, Bank 2 | 2 Dcy | Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure, checking --> Fuel Pressure Regulator and Residual Pressure with Return Line, Checking . Check fuel injectors --> Fuel Injectors, Checking . Check oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control before catalytic converter --> Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function . Check oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control behind catalytic converter --> Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Checking Function . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve, Electrical Testing . Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve N115 --> EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Electrical Testing | |
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0201 | Injector Circuit/Open - Cylinder 1 | 2 Dcy | Check fuel injectors --> Fuel Injectors, Checking | |
| P0202 | Injector Circuit/Open - Cylinder 2 | |||
| P0203 | Injector Circuit/Open - Cylinder 3 | |||
| P0204 | Injector Circuit/Open - Cylinder 4 | |||
| P0205 | Injector Circuit/Open - Cylinder 5 | |||
| P0206 | Injector Circuit/Open - Cylinder 6 | |||
| P0207 | Injector Circuit/Open - Cylinder 7 | |||
| P0208 | Injector Circuit/Open - Cylinder 8 | |||
Transmission
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0219 | Engine Overspeed Condition | 2 Dcy | Repair malfunctions entered in DTC memory of Engine Control Module (ECM) Check engine and transmission codes in relation to ratios Check vehicle for tuning measures | |
Fuel and air metering and auxiliary emission controls
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0221 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit Range/Performance | 2 Dcy | Check Throttle Valve Control Module J338 --> Throttle Valve Control Module, Checking | |
| P0222 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit Low | |||
| P0223 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit High | |||
| P0230 | Fuel Pump Primary Circuit | 2 Dcy | Checking Fuel Pump (FP) relay --> Fuel Pump Relay, Checking | |
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0261 | Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low | 2 Dcy | Check fuel injectors --> Fuel Injectors, Checking | |
| P0262 | Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit High | |||
| P0264 | Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit Low | |||
| P0265 | Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit High | |||
| P0267 | Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit Low | |||
| P0268 | Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit High | |||
| P0270 | Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit Low | |||
| P0271 | Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit High | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0273 | Cylinder 5 Injector Circuit Low | 2 Dcy | Check fuel injectors --> Fuel Injectors, Checking | |
| P0274 | Cylinder 5 Injector Circuit High | |||
| P0276 | Cylinder 6 Injector Circuit Low | |||
| P0277 | Cylinder 6 Injector Circuit High | |||
| P0279 | Cylinder 7 Injector Circuit Low | |||
| P0280 | Cylinder 7 Injector Circuit High | |||
| P0282 | Cylinder 8 Injector Circuit Low | |||
| P0283 | Cylinder 8 Injector Circuit High | |||
Ignition system
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0300 | Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected | 2 Dcy/or blinks | Check fuel injectors --> Fuel Injectors, Checking . | |
| P0301 | Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected | Check spark plugs. | ||
| P0302 | Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected | Check injection quantity --> Fuel Injection Quantity, Checking for Leaks and Spray Pattern | ||
| P0303 | Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected | Ignition coils, checking --> Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage, Checking | ||
| P0304 | Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected | Power output stages, checking --> Power Output Stages, Checking | ||
| P0305 | Cylinder 5 Misfire Detected | Check fuel level | ||
| P0306 | Cylinder 6 Misfire Detected | |||
| P0307 | Cylinder 7 Misfire Detected | |||
| P0308 | Cylinder 8 Misfire Detected | |||
Note. For malfunctions potentially caused by insufficient fuel (e.g. combustion misfires) the DTC "P1250, Fuel Level Too Low" is also indicated. This means that combustion misfires could not be recognized on account of a technical malfunction, but rather because there is/was too little fuel in fuel tank.
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0321 | Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit Range/Performance | 2 Dcy | Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 , checking --> Engine Speed Sensor, Checking | |
| P0322 | Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit No Signal | On | ||
| P0340 | Camshaft Position Sensor Intake Circuit, Bank 1 or Single Sensor | 2 Dcy | Check Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 and Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 --> Camshaft Position Sensors, Checking | |
| P0341 | Camshaft Position Sensor Intake Circuit Range/Performance, Bank 1 or Single Sensor | |||
| P0342 | Camshaft Position Sensor Intake Circuit Low, Bank 1 or Single Sensor | |||
| P0343 | Camshaft Position Sensor Intake Circuit High, Bank 1 or Single Sensor | |||
| P0345 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit, Bank 2 | |||
| P0346 | Camshaft Position Sensor Intake Circuit Range/Performance, Bank 2 | |||
| P0347 | Camshaft Position Sensor Intake Circuit Low, Bank 2 | |||
| P0348 | Camshaft Position Sensor Intake Circuit High, Bank 2 | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0351 | Ignition Coil A Primary/Secondary Circuit | 2 Dcy | Check Ignition coils --> Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage, Checking | |
| P0352 | Ignition Coil B Primary/Secondary Circuit | |||
| P0353 | Ignition Coil C Primary/Secondary Circuit | |||
| P0354 | Ignition Coil D Primary/Secondary Circuit | |||
| P0355 | Ignition Coil E Primary/Secondary Circuit | |||
| P0356 | Ignition Coil F Primary/Secondary Circuit | |||
| P0357 | Ignition Coil G Primary/Secondary Circuit | |||
| P0358 | Ignition Coil H Primary/Secondary Circuit | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0413 | Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve A Circuit Open | 2 Dcy | Check Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 --> Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve, Checking | |
| P0414 | Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve A Circuit Shorted | |||
| P0418 | Secondary Air Injection System Control A Circuit | 2 Dcy | Check Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 activation --> Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay, Checking | |
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0420 | Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold, Bank 1 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor before catalytic converter --> Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function | |
| P0421 | Warm Up Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold, Bank 1 | Check oxygen sensor behind catalytic converter --> Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Checking Function | ||
| P0430 | Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold, Bank 2 | Check catalytic converter --> Three Way Catalytic Converters, Checking | ||
| P0431 | Warm Up Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold, Bank 2 | |||
| P0432 | Main Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold, Bank 2 | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0441 | Evaporative Emission System Incorrect Purge Flow | 2 Dcy | Perform Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) system diagnostic leak test --> EVAP System Diagnostic Leak Test, Performing | |
| P0442 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (small leak) | |||
| P0444 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open | 2 Dcy | Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve, Electrical Testing | |
| P0445 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Shorted | |||
| P0449 | Evaporative Emission System Vent Valve/Solenoid Circuit | 2 Dcy | Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve N115 --> EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Electrical Testing | |
| P0455 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (large leak) | 2 Dcy | Perform Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) system diagnostic leak test --> EVAP System Diagnostic Leak Test, Performing | |
| P0456 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (very small leak) | |||
| P0458 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Low | 2 Dcy | Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve, Electrical Testing | |
| P0459 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit High | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0491 | Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow, Bank 1 | 2 Dcy | Check secondary air system for proper seal --> Secondary Air Injection Combination Valve, Checking . Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 --> Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve, Checking . Check Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 activation --> Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay, Checking | |
| P0492 | Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow, Bank 2 | |||
| P0498 | Evaporative Emission System Vent Valve Control Circuit Low | 2 Dcy | Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve N115 Checking --> EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Electrical Testing | |
| P0499 | Evaporative Emission System Vent Valve Control Circuit High | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0501 | Vehicle Speed Sensor A Range/Performance | 2 Dcy | Check speed signal --> Speed Signal, Checking | |
| P0506 | Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than Expected | 2 Dcy | Check throttle valve control module --> Throttle Valve Control Module, Checking | |
| P0507 | Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than Expected | |||
Voltage supply
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0562 | System Voltage Low | 2 Dcy | Voltage supply for Transmission Control Module (TCM), checking --> Transmission Control Module Voltage Supply, Checking | |
| P0563 | System Voltage High | |||
CAN-Bus
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0600 | Serial Communication Link | 2 Dcy | Terminal resistance for databus, checking --> Data Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking | |
Control module and auxiliary outputs
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0601 | Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum Error | 2 Dcy | Replacing Engine Control Module (ECM) --> Engine Control Module, Replacing | |
| P0602 | Control Module Programming Error | |||
| P0603 | Internal Control Module Keep Alive Memory (KAM) Error | 2 Dcy | Engine Control Module (Mechatronic), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | |
| P0604 | Internal Control Module Random Access Memory (RAM) Error | 2 Dcy | Replacing Engine Control Module (ECM) --> Engine Control Module, Replacing | |
| P0605 | Internal Control Module Read Only Memory (ROM) Error | EngineControl Module (ECM), replacing --> Engine Control Module, Replacing . Transmission Control Module (Mechatronic), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | ||
| P0606 | ECM/PCM Processor | EngineControl Module (ECM), replacing --> Engine Control Module, Replacing | ||
| P0607 | Control Module Performance | Engine Control Module (ECM) identification, checking --> Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle Information . Transmission Control Module (TCM) identification, checking --> Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle Information | ||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0608 | Control Module VSS Output A | 2 Dcy | Voltage supply for Transmission Control Module (TCM), checking --> Transmission Control Module Voltage Supply, Checking | |
| P0614 | ECM/TCM Incompatible | 2 Dcy | Transmission Control Module (TCM) identification, checking --> Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle Information | |
| P0627 | Fuel Pump A Control Circuit/Open | 2 Dcy | Fuel pump relay, checking --> Fuel Pump Relay, Checking | |
| P0629 | Fuel Pump A Control Circuit High | |||
| P0634 | PCM/ECM/TCM Internal Temperature Too High | 2 Dcy | Check ATF level Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear Correct mechanical malfunction in transmission | |
| P0638 | Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance, Bank 1 | 2 Dcy | Check throttle valve control module --> Throttle Valve Control Module, Checking . Check Throttle Position (TP) Sensor --> Throttle Position Sensor, Checking | |
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0685 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit/Open | 2 Dcy | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 Checking --> Motronic Engine Control Module Power Supply Relay, Checking | |
| P0686 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit Low | |||
| P0687 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit High | |||
| P0688 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit/Open | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0700 | Transmission Control System (MIL Request) | 2 Dcy | Transmission Control Module (Mechatronic), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | |
| P0706 | Transmission Range Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance | Adjust selector lever cable Automatic Transmission 37 Selector Mechanism, Assembly Overview Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 cannot be checked electrically or replaced individually: Transmission Control Module (TCM), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | ||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0710 | Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor A Circuit | 2 Dcy | Check ATF level Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear | |
| P0711 | Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance | Check ATF temperature --> Diagnostic mode 1: Check measured values; PID 5, Transmission oil temperature | ||
| P0712 | Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor A Circuit Low | Transmission oil temperature sensor cannot be checked electrically or replaced individually: Transmission Control Module (TCM), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | ||
| P0713 | Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor A Circuit High | |||
| P0714 | Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor A Circuit Intermittent | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0716 | Input/Turbine Speed Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance | 2 Dcy | Check ATF level Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear | |
| P0717 | Input/Turbine Speed Sensor A Circuit No Signal | Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182 cannot be checked electrically or replaced individually: Transmission Control Module (TCM), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | ||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0721 | Output Speed Sensor Circuit Range/Performance | 2 Dcy | Check ATF level Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear Check identification code of torque converter Automatic Transmission 00 Transmission Identification | |
| P0722 | Output Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal | Transmission Output Speed (RPM) Sensor G195 cannot be checked electrically or replaced individually: Transmission Control Module (Mechatronic), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | ||
| P0727 | Output Speed Sensor Circuit Intermittent | Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 , checking --> Engine Speed Sensor, Checking . Check data wire (CAN-bus) | ||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0729 | Gear 6 Incorrect Ratio | 2 Dcy | Check ATF level Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear | |
| P0731 | Gear 1 Incorrect Ratio | Transmission Control Module (TCM) identification, checking --> Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle Information | ||
| P0732 | Gear 2 Incorrect Ratio | Solenoid and pressure regulating valves cannot be checked electrically or replaced individually: Transmission Control Module (Mechatronic), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | ||
| P0733 | Gear 3 Incorrect Ratio | Correct mechanical malfunction in transmission | ||
| P0734 | Gear 4 Incorrect Ratio | |||
| P0735 | Gear 5 Incorrect Ratio | |||
| P0736 | Reverse Incorrect Ratio | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0741 | Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Performance/Stuck Off | 2 Dcy | Check ATF level Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear Check identification code of torque converter Automatic Transmission 00 Transmission Identification Solenoid and pressure regulating valves cannot be checked electrically or replaced individually: Transmission Control Module (Mechatronic), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing Replace torque converter Automatic Transmission 32 Torque Converter, General Information | |
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0746 | Pressure Control Solenoid A Performance/Stuck Off | 2 Dcy | Solenoid and pressure regulating valves cannot be checked electrically or replaced individually: Transmission Control Module (TCM), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | |
| P0747 | Pressure Control Solenoid A Stuck On | |||
| P0748 | Pressure Control Solenoid A Electrical | |||
| P0749 | Pressure Control Solenoid A Intermittent | |||
| P0751 | Shift Solenoid A Performance/Stuck Off | |||
| P0752 | Shift Solenoid A Stuck On | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0776 | Pressure Control Solenoid B Performance/Stuck Off | 2 Dcy | Solenoid and pressure regulating valves cannot be checked electrically or replaced individually: Transmission Control Module (TCM), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | |
| P0777 | Pressure Control Solenoid B Stuck On | |||
| P0778 | Pressure Control Solenoid B Electrical | |||
| P0779 | Pressure Control Solenoid B Intermittent | |||
| P0781 | 1-2 Shift | 2 Dcy | Check ATF level Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear | |
| P0782 | 2-3 Shift | Solenoid and pressure regulating valves cannot be checked electrically or replaced individually: Transmission Control Module (TCM), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | ||
| P0783 | 3-4 Shift | Correct mechanical malfunction in transmission | ||
| P0784 | 4-5 Shift | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0796 | Pressure Control Solenoid C Performance/Stuck Off | 2 Dcy | Solenoid and pressure regulating valves cannot be checked electrically or replaced individually: Transmission Control Module (TCM), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | |
| P0797 | Pressure Control Solenoid C Stuck On | |||
| P0798 | Pressure Control Solenoid C Electrical | |||
| P0799 | Pressure Control Solenoid C Intermittent | |||
| P0829 | 5-6 Shift | 2 Dcy | Check ATF level Automatic Transmission 37 ATF in Planetary Gear Solenoid and pressure regulating valves cannot be checked electrically or replaced individually: Transmission Control Module (TCM), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing . Correct mechanical malfunction in transmission | |
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P0889 | TCM Power Relay Sense Circuit Range/Performance | 2 Dcy | Voltage supply for Transmission Control Module (TCM), checking --> Transmission Control Module Voltage Supply, Checking | |
| P0890 | TCM Power Relay Sense Circuit Low | Solenoid and pressure regulating valves cannot be checked electrically or replaced individually: Transmission Control Module (TCM), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | ||
| P0891 | TCM Power Relay Sense Circuit High | |||
| P0892 | TCM Power Relay Sense Circuit Intermittent | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P1702 | Malfunction cannot activate contr.mod.Replacement function, since another malfunction with equal priority is present | 2 Dcy | Transmission Control Module (Mechatronic), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | |
| P1857 | Load signal fault signal from engine control unit | Engine Control Module (ECM) identification, checking --> Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle Information ; repair malfunctions entered in DTC memory of ECM | ||
SAE P2xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P2088 | Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit Low, Bank 1 | 2 Dcy | Camshaft adjustment valve, checking --> Camshaft Adjustment Valves, Checking | |
| P2089 | Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit High, Bank 1 | |||
| P2092 | Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit Low, Bank 2 | |||
| P2093 | Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit High, Bank 2 | |||
| P2096 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean, Bank 1 | 2 Dcy | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) and oxygen sensor control before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) --> Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function . Check intake air system for leaks (false air) --> Intake System, Checking for Leaks | |
| P2097 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich, Bank 1 | |||
| P2098 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean, Bank 2 | 2 Dcy | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) and oxygen sensor control behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) --> Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Checking Function . Check intake air system for leaks (false air) --> Intake System, Checking for Leaks | |
| P2099 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich, Bank 2 | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P2101 | Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance | 2 Dcy | Check throttle valve control module --> Throttle Valve Control Module, Checking . Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure, checking --> Fuel Pressure Regulator and Residual Pressure with Return Line, Checking | |
| P2106 | Throttle Actuator Control System - Forced Limited Power | |||
| P2122 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D Circuit Low Input | 2 Dcy | Check Throttle Position (TP) Sensor --> Throttle Position Sensor, Checking | |
| P2123 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D Circuit High Input | |||
| P2127 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch E Circuit Low Input | |||
| P2128 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch E Circuit High Input | |||
| P2138 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D/E Voltage Correlation | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P2181 | Cooling System Performance | 2 Dcy | Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 --> Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor, Checking . Check coolant regulator Engine Mechanical 19 Cooling System Components, Removing and Installing | |
| P2195 | O2 Sensor Signal Stuck Lean, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor before catalytic converter --> Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function | |
| P2196 | O2 Sensor Signal Stuck Rich, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | |||
| P2197 | O2 Sensor Signal Stuck Lean, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | |||
| P2198 | O2 Sensor Signal Stuck Rich, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P2231 | O2 Sensor Signal Circuit Shorted to Heater Circuit, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensors before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) --> Heater for Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking | |
| P2234 | O2 Sensor Signal Circuit Shorted to Heater Circuit, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | |||
| P2237 | O2 Sensor Positive Current Control Circuit/Open, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor signal wire and activation --> Oxygen Sensors before Catalytic Converter, Checking Signal Wire and Activation | |
| P2240 | O2 Sensor Positive Current Control Circuit/Open, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | |||
| P2243 | O2 Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit/Open, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | |||
| P2247 | O2 Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit/Open, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P2251 | O2 Sensor Negative Current Control Circuit/Open, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor signal wire and activation --> Oxygen Sensors before Catalytic Converter, Checking Signal Wire and Activation | |
| P2254 | O2 Sensor Negative Current Control Circuit/Open, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | |||
| P2257 | Secondary Air Injection System Control A Circuit Low | 2 Dcy | Check activation of Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 --> Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay, Checking | |
| P2258 | Secondary Air Injection System Control A Circuit High | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P2400 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit/Open | 2 Dcy | Check Leak detection pump (LDP) V144 --> Leak Detection Pump, Checking | |
| P2401 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit Low | Perform Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) system diagnostic leak test --> EVAP System Diagnostic Leak Test, Performing | ||
| P2402 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit High | |||
| P2403 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Sense Circuit/Open | |||
| P2404 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Sense Circuit Range/Performance | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P2414 | O2 Sensor Exhaust Sample Error, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor control before catalytic converter --> Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function | |
| P2415 | O2 Sensor Exhaust Sample Error, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | |||
| P2422 | Evaporative Emission System Vent Valve Stuck Closed | 2 Dcy | Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve N115 --> EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Electrical Testing | |
| P2626 | O2 Sensor Pumping Current Trim Circuit/Open, Bank 1 Sensor 1 | 2 Dcy | Check oxygen sensor control before catalytic converter --> Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function | |
| P2629 | O2 Sensor Pumping Current Trim Circuit/Open, Bank 2 Sensor 1 | |||
| P2632 | Fuel Pump "B' Control Circuit/Open | 2 Dcy | Check Fuel Pump (FP) 2 Relay J49 --> Fuel Pump 2 Relay, Checking | |
| P2634 | Fuel Pump B Control Circuit High | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P2714 | Pressure Control Solenoid D Performance/Stuck Off | 2 Dcy | Solenoid and pressure regulating valves cannot be checked electrically or replaced individually: Transmission Control Module (TCM), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | |
| P2715 | Pressure Control Solenoid D Stuck On | |||
| P2716 | Pressure Control Solenoid D Electrical | |||
| P2717 | Pressure Control Solenoid D Intermittent | |||
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P2723 | Pressure Control Solenoid E Performance/Stuck Off | 2 Dcy | Solenoid and pressure regulating valves cannot be checked electrically or replaced individually: Transmission Control Module (TCM), replacing --> Transmission Control Module, Replacing | |
| P2724 | Pressure Control Solenoid E Stuck On | |||
| P2726 | Pressure Control Solenoid E Intermittent | |||
| P2732 | Pressure Control Solenoid F Performance/Stuck Off | |||
| P2733 | Pressure Control Solenoid F Stuck On | |||
| P2735 | Pressure Control Solenoid F Intermittent | |||
SAE P3xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| P3081 | Engine temperature to low | Let engine warm up until coolant temperature is at least 50 degrees --> Diagnostic mode 1; check measuring values; PID 5, cooling fluid temperature | ||
SAE U0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Control module and output signals
| DTC | DTC text | MIL | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SAE | ||||
| U0001 | High Speed CAN Communication Bus | 2 Dcy | Terminal resistance for databus, checking --> Data Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking | |
| U0101 | Lost Communication with TCM | |||
| U0155 | Lost Communication With Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Control Module | |||
| U0402 | Invalid Data Received From Transmission Control Module | |||
Fuel Supply System, Repair Information
Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions
| CAUTION | Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening system, place rags around the connection. Then release pressure by carefully loosening connection. |
The following steps should be taken before beginning work on the fuel supply
| CAUTION | Observe measures when connecting battery: --> 27 - BATTERY, STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL |
- Disconnect battery Ground (GND) strap with the ignition switched off.
- Open fuel filler cap briefly and then close again.
When removing and installing components from full or partially full fuel tanks, the following must be observed
- The fuel tank may only be partially full. How much fuel can remain in the fuel tank may be read in the respective work description. Empty fuel tank if necessary --> «Fuel Tank, Emptying»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-tank-emptying) .
- Before starting work, switch on exhaust extraction system and place an extraction hose close to the installation opening of fuel tank to extract escaping fuel fumes. If no exhaust extraction system is available, a radial fan (as long as motor is not in air flow) with a displacement greater than 15 m 3 /h can be used.
- Prevent fuel from contacting skin! Wear fuel-resistant gloves!
Note the following when removing and installing fuel tank
- Fuel tank must be empty for weight reasons. Empty fuel tank if necessary --> «Fuel Tank, Emptying»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-tank-emptying) .
Clean Working Conditions
When working on the fuel supply/injection system, pay careful attention to the following points
- Thoroughly clean all connections and the surrounding area before disconnecting.
- Place parts that have been removed on a clean surface and cover them. Use lint-free cloths only!
- Carefully cover over opened components or seal, if repairs are not performed immediately.
- Only install clean components: Only unpack replacement parts immediately prior to installation. Do not use parts that have been stored loose (in tool boxes etc.)
- When the system is open: Do not work with compressed air. Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
Contact Corrosion
Contact corrosion can occur if inappropriate connecting elements (bolts, nuts, washers...) are used.
For this reason, only connecting elements with a special surface coating are installed. These elements are distinguished by their greenish hue.
Furthermore, all rubber, plastic and adhesive materials used are non-conductive.
If you have doubts about the reusability of parts, it is generally better to install new parts.
| CAUTION | Only use original Audi parts! Damage via contact corrosion is not covered by warranty! |
Fuel System, Checking for Leaks
| CAUTION | Observe all safety measures applicable to a road test --> Safety Precautions . |
- Start engine and let it run a few minutes at average RPM.
Note. At the beginning, engine may run roughly due to air in fuel supply system.
- Turn engine off and check fuel system for leaks.
- Check DTC memory and, if necessary, erase.
- Perform a road test with at least one acceleration at Wide Open Throttle (WOT).
- After road test, check fuel system again for leaks.
- Check DTC memory again and, if necessary, erase.
Fuel Supply
Note. Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate for the model type Always replace seals and gaskets.
Fuel Tank with Attachments, Component Overview
| CAUTION | After installing, check electrical connection of metal ring at fuel filler tube to a blank portion of chassis using Ohm meter: Specified value: approx. 0 ohms. |
Scheme 710
1 - Securing strap
- With spacer, installation position --> «Spacer installation position»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
2 - 22 Nm
3 - Fuel supply line
- From fuel filter
- To fuel rail line
- To disconnect, press release button on connection piece
4 - Fuel return line
- On vehicles with return line from engine
- On vehicles with fuel system without return line from fuel filter
- To disconnect, press release button on connection piece
- Clipped in on fuel tank
5 - Vent line
6 - Ground (GND) connection
- For discharging electrostatic charge
- Installation position/test procedure --> «Installation position of Ground (GND) connection»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- Make sure connector is seated properly
- After installing, check electrical connection of fuel filler tube to a blank portion of chassis using Ohm meter Specified value: approx. 0 ohms
7 - Cap
8 - Seal
- Replace if damaged
9 - 22 Nm
10 - Electrical harness connector
- For fuel tank lock switch
11 - Vent line
- To EVAP canister at bottom in spare wheel well at vehicle floor
- Remains on fuel tank when fuel tank is removed
12 - Fuel tank
- Removing and installing --> «Fuel Tank with Attachments, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-tank-with-attachments-removing-and)
13 - Socket
14 - Bracket
- for fuel tank
15 - 22 Nm
16 - Rubber buffer
17 - Washer
18 - 22 Nm
19 - 22 Nm
20 - Securing strap
- With spacer, installation position --> «Spacer installation position»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
21 - Retaining clip
- For heat shield
22 - Heat shield
23 - Retaining clip
- For heat shield
Scheme 711
- Route Ground (GND) connection as shown in figure.
- Ensure connector of Ground (GND) connection fits securely at metal ring of fuel filler tube (- arrow -).
Scheme 712
- Make sure that spacers of tensions straps are seated directly under fuel tank seam (- arrow -).
Fuel Tank, Emptying
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
Scheme 713
- VAS5190
Scheme 714
- Wrench 3087 for tank sensor
Work Procedure
Observe safety precautions --> Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions .
Observe rules for cleanliness --> Clean Working Conditions .
| CAUTION | Switch ignition off and remove ignition key in order to prevent the ignition from being switched on accidently while working. |
- Open fuel filler cap briefly and then close again.
| CAUTION | Observe safety precautions when disconnecting the battery: --> 27 - BATTERY, STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL |
- Disconnect battery Ground (GND) strap with the ignition switched off.
- Remove luggage compartment floor lining.
Scheme 715
- Remove cover for left connector flange (- arrows -).
Scheme 716
- Carefully release and disconnect electrical harness connectors - 1 - and - 2 - on left connector flange.
Scheme 717
- Use wrench 3087 to remove locking ring.
Scheme 718
- Remove cover for right connector flange (- arrows -).
Scheme 719
- Carefully release and disconnect electrical harness connectors - 1 - and - 2 - on right connector flange.
| CAUTION | Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening system, place rags around the connection. Then release pressure by carefully loosening connection. |
Scheme 720
- Mark and disconnect fuel supply line - 1 - and fuel return line - 2 - (press release tab).
Scheme 721
- Use wrench 3087 to remove locking ring.
Scheme 722
- Remove right side trim cover in luggage compartment (- arrows -).
- Connect Ground (GND) wire of fuel extraction unit VAS5190 to GND pin of Energy Management Control Module J644.
- Remove left connector flange and set it aside with electrical wires connected.
- Remove sealing ring.
Scheme 723
- Using fuel extraction unit VAS5190 , extract fuel in left fuel tank chamber through opening in fuel tank.
- Remove right connector flange and set it aside with electrical wires and fuel lines connected.
- Remove sealing ring.
Scheme 724
- Using fuel extraction unit VAS5190 , extract fuel in right fuel tank chamber through opening in fuel tank.
- Re-install left and right connector flange --> «Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__left-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) and --> «Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__right-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
Fuel Tank with Attachments, Removing and Installing
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
Scheme 725
- Engine/transmission jack VAG1383A
Scheme 726
- Mount T10031
Removing
Observe safety precautions --> Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions .
Observe rules for cleanliness --> Clean Working Conditions .
- For removal, fuel tank must be empty for weight reasons. Empty fuel tank if necessary. Procedure --> «Fuel Tank, Emptying»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-tank-emptying) .
- Release fuel filler flap.
| CAUTION | On vehicles equipped with Audi Telematics by OnStar®, switch-off the emergency (back-up) battery for the Telematic/Telephone Control Module prior to disconnecting vehicle battery. Use must use the VAS5051 or VAS5052 : --> 91 - COMMUNICATION . The battery must only be disconnected and connected with the ignition switched off, since the Engine Control Module (ECM) can otherwise be damaged. |
- Disconnect battery Ground (GND) strap with the ignition switched off.
- Remove luggage compartment floor lining.
- Remove cover for right connector flange (- arrows -).
Scheme 727
- Disconnect ventilation line (- arrow -), to do so press release mechanisms and disconnect.
| CAUTION | Before LOOSENING subframe bolts, secure vehicle against tipping (e.g. load luggage compartment with approx. 50 kg). |
- Removing rear axle: --> «42 - REAR SUSPENSION»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/axle-shafts/#suspension-wheels-and-steering)
- Rear right wheel housing liner, removing: --> «66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/door-locks-anti-theft-systems/#body-exterior)
Scheme 728
- Disconnect Ground (GND) wire - 3 - from fuel filler tube.
- Disconnect electrical harness connector - 1 - for Fuel Tank Lock Switch F314
- Disconnect ventilation line - 5 - from fuel filler tube.
- Remove bolts - 2 - and - 4 - for fuel filler tube.
Scheme 729
- Check whether driveshaft has been secured against falling down.
Driveshaft must be supported on a wood block - 1 - and secured with wire or cable tie (- arrow -).
Make sure that driveshaft is tilted downward slightly so that fuel tank can later be guided over it.
Note. The maximum permissible bending angle on driveshaft must not exceed 8.
Scheme 730
- Remove heat shield for driveshaft - arrows -.
Note. Heat shield is also clipped in on ventilation line at top.
Scheme 731
- Remove cover - 1 - , left, bottom at vehicle floor.
Scheme 732
- Remove cover - 1 - , right, bottom at vehicle floor.
Scheme 733
- Disconnect electrical harness connectors
2 - to fuel pumps
3 - to fuel level sensors
- Disconnect fuel lines (press release buttons)
1 - Fuel return line
4 - Fuel supply line
Scheme 734
- Disconnect rear right ventilation line (- arrow -) from fuel tank (press release button).
Scheme 735
- Hang brake calipers, previously hung on fuel tank retainers, of removed rear axle on suspension struts using wire (- arrow -).
Scheme 736
- Place VAG1383A engine/transmission jack with T10031 mount (without threaded rods) under fuel tank to support.
- Support fuel tank using VAG1383A and T10031 mount.
- In addition, a second mechanic must support fuel tank at rear edge by hand.
| CAUTION | For weight reasons, fuel tank must be emptied for removal. |
Scheme 737
- Remove bolts - 1 - to - 6 - , if necessary swivel retainer for fuel tank toward front.
- Lower fuel tank slightly at rear so that filler tube can be guided out from body.
- Then lower fuel tank using engine/transmission support VAG1383A , in addition guide fuel tank by hand while doing so.
Note. Fuel tank is depicted without engine/transmission jack VAG1383A in the illustration.
Installing
Note. Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate for the model type
Scheme 738
- Check whether fuel supply and fuel return lines, as well as wiring harness to fuel pumps and fuel level sensors are clipped in on fuel tank at retainers - 1 -.
- When installing a new fuel tank, affix pads - 2 - onto fuel tank as shown in illustration.
- Position fuel tank with tension straps and retainers to vehicle floor using engine/transmission jack VAG1383A and mount T10031.
- When positioning the fuel tank, make sure that the filler tube is guided correctly into opening on body.
- Tighten fuel tank first at mounting points - 1 - , - 2 - , - 5 - , - 6 - and then at mounting points - 3 - and - 4 - (22 Nm).
- Make sure that spacers of tensions straps are seated directly under fuel tank seam (- arrow -).
- Tighten fuel filler tube with bolts - 2 - and - 4 - (22 Nm).
- Connect ventilation line - 5 - until it engages audibly.
- Connect electrical harness connector - 1 - for Fuel Tank Lock Switch F314.
- Check whether Ground (GND) wire - 3 - and connector tab show traces of oxidation. Remove them if necessary.
| CAUTION | After installing, check electrical connection of metal ring at fuel filler tube to a blank portion of chassis using Ohm meter: Specified value: approx. 0 Ohm. |
Rest of installation is performed in the reverse order of removal.
- Install rear axle: --> «42 - REAR SUSPENSION»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/axle-shafts/#suspension-wheels-and-steering)
- Install rear right wheelhousing liner. --> «66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/door-locks-anti-theft-systems/#body-exterior)
- Install rear part of exhaust system: --> «26 - EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bfm)
- Connect battery. Observe safety precautions after connecting the battery. --> «27 - BATTERY, STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cruise-control-systems/#electrical-equipment)
Tightening Specifications
| Component | Nm |
|---|---|
| Tension strap/bracket for fuel tank to chassis | 22 |
| Fuel filler tube to chassis | 22 |
Fuel Line Routing, Tank Interior, Overview
Note. (Scheme 739) shows an idealized depiction of line routing in fuel tank interior. With the exception of the line position depicted in --> Installation position of fuel delivery lines, an exact line routing is not necessary, however make sure that components have clearance to each other in general and rattling noises are prevented. (- Arrow -) points in direction of travel.
Scheme 739
1 - Left fuel delivery unit with Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G6
2 - Fuel delivery line
- From left suction jet pump to right fuel delivery unit
3 - Suction jet pipe
- From right Fuel Pump (FP) to left suction jet pump
4 - Left suction jet pump
5 - Expansion tank
- With suction jet pump to pump fuel out of expansion tank
6 - Non-return valve
- For fuel filling line
7 - Initial fuel filling line
- To right fuel delivery unit
- Serves upon first filling to route a small filling quantity immediately to the fuel delivery unit
8 - Right suction jet pump
9 - Suction jet pipe
- From right Fuel Pump (FP) to right suction jet pump
10 - Fuel delivery line
- From right suction jet pump to left fuel delivery unit
11 - Right fuel delivery unit with Fuel Pump (FP) G23
12 - Vent line
- To bleeder connection at top on fuel filler tube
13 - Fuel supply line
- From left and right Fuel Pumps (FP) to connector flange
14 - Vent line
- To EVAP canister at bottom in spare wheel well at vehicle floor
15 - Fuel filling line
- From filler tube to non-return valve in fuel tank
16 - Fuel return line
- From connector flange to left and right fuel delivery units
17 - Suction jet pipe
- To suction jet pump in expansion tank
Scheme 740
Delivery lines - 1 - and - 3 - must be routed under fuel filling line - 2 - in area of left fuel tank opening.
Scheme 741
1 - Mount
- For fuel delivery unit
2 - Fuel Level Sensor G
- Black
- Checking resistance values --> «Fuel Level Sensor»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-level-sensor)
- Removing and installing --> «Fuel Level Sensor 1, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-level-sensor-1-removing-and)
3 - Left fuel delivery unit
- With Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G6
- Various versions, allocation
- Fuel Pump (FP) electrical testing --> «Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Electrical Testing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- Checking residual pressure: --> «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bfm)
- Removing and installing --> «Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__left-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer)
4 - Fuel delivery line
- From suction jet pump, right side
5 - Fuel supply line
- Connector coupling is located on right side of fuel tank
- To disconnect, press release button on connection piece
6 - Fuel return line
- Connector coupling is located on right side of fuel tank
- To disconnect, press release button on connection piece
7 - Locking ring
- Use ring nut spanner 3087 to remove and install
- Tighten to 120 Nm
8 - Left connector flange
- Installation position --> «Installation position of left connector flange»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
9 - Seal
- Always replace
- To install, place into opening of fuel tank when dry
10 - Fuel Level Sensor 3 G237
- Gray
- Checking resistance values --> «Fuel Level Sensor 3, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-level-sensor-3-checking)
- Removing and installing --> «Fuel Level Sensor 3, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-level-sensor-3-removing-and)
Scheme 742
- Insert new, dry seal for connector flange into opening of fuel tank.
- Insert connector flange in fuel tank, note installation position
The tab - 2 - on connector flange must lie between tabs - 1 - and - 3 - on fuel tank.
Scheme 743
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- VAG1348/3A with VAG1348/3-2
- VAG1526A
- VAG1594A
- VAS5051 with VAS5051/9
Test Prerequisites
- Battery voltage at least 12.7 V
- Up to model year XXX: Fuse 10 on fuse holder SF10 (relay- and fuse holder, in luggage compartment, right side) OK
- From model year 2004: Fuse 2 on fuse holder SF2 (relay- and fuse holder, in luggage compartment, right side) OK
- Fuel Pump (FP) 2 Relay J49 OK (in relay- and fuse holder, in luggage compartment, right side, position 3)
- Fuel filter OK
- Ignition switched off.
Voltage Supply, Checking
- Remove right side trim cover in luggage compartment (- arrows -).
- Up to model year XXX remove Fuse 10 on fuse holder SF10, as of model year 2004 remove Fuse 2 on fuse holder SF2 (in relay- and fuse holder, in luggage compartment, right side)
Scheme 744
- Connect remote control VAG1348/3A with adapter cable VAG1348/3-2 to right terminal of socket for Fuse 10 on fuse holder SF10-/Fuse 2 on fuse holder SF2(in relay- and fuse holder, in luggage compartment, right side).
- Connect alligator clip to vehicle battery B+.
- Press switch of remote control.
Operating noise of the pump must be audible in vicinity of fuel tank.
Note. Fuel Pump (FP) runs quietly. During test of Fuel Pump (FP), surrounding noise must be avoided; if necessary, use a second technician to check.
If no flowing noise can be heard
- Remove luggage compartment floor lining.
- Remove cover for left connector flange (- arrows -).
- Carefully release and disconnect electrical harness connector - 2 - on left connector flange.
Note. Disregard - 1 -.
Scheme 745
- Connect multimeter between terminal 1 and 4 of harness connector for voltage measurement.
- Press switch of remote control.
Specified value: approx. battery voltage
If specified value is not obtained
- Check fuse (in relay- and fuse holder, in luggage compartment, right side) according to wiring diagram or repair open circuit in wiring according to wiring diagram. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If specified value is obtained, although no operating noise can be heard from pump
- Remove left fuel delivery unit --> «Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__left-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
Scheme 746
- Check whether electrical wires between flange and Fuel Pump (FP) are connected, and test for continuity if necessary.
If no malfunctions are found in wires
- Fuel pump faulty. Replace left fuel delivery unit --> «Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__left-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
- Install left fuel delivery unit --> «Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__left-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
Current Draw, Checking
Test Prerequisite
- Voltage supply of Fuel Pump (FP) OK --> «Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Electrical Testing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__right-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
- Up to model year XXX remove Fuse 10 on fuse holder SF10, as of model year 2004 remove Fuse 2 on fuse holder SF2 (in relay- and fuse holder, in luggage compartment, right side)
- Connect remote control VAG1348/3A with adapter cable VAG1348/3-2 to right terminal of socket for Fuse 10 on fuse holder SF10-/Fuse 2 on fuse holder SF2 (in relay- and fuse holder, in luggage compartment, right side).
- Connect alligator clip to vehicle battery B+.
- Connect VAS5051 tester with VAS5051/9 inductive pick-up to wire of remote control.
- Press switch on remote control.
- Measure Fuel Pump (FP) current draw.
Specified value: approx. 8 amps
If specified value is not obtained
Note. At a displayed current draw of 4 amps, Fuel Pump (FP) runs dry.
| Indicated | Malfunction cause | Corrective action |
|---|---|---|
| Approx. 4 A | Fuel tank empty | Refuel |
| Housing for fuel delivery unit leaking | Fuel delivery unit, replacing --> Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing | |
| 0 A | Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G23 malfunctioning | Fuel delivery unit, replacing --> Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing |
Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Wrench 3087 for tank sensor
Removing
Observe safety precautions --> Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions .
Observe rules for cleanliness --> Clean Working Conditions .
- To remove the fuel delivery unit, the fuel tank may only be filled to a maximum of 1/3. Empty fuel tank if necessary. Procedure --> «Fuel Tank, Emptying»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-tank-emptying) .
| CAUTION | On vehicles equipped with Audi Telematics by OnStar®, switch-off the emergency (back-up) battery for the Telematic/Telephone Control Module prior to disconnecting vehicle battery. Use must use the VAS5051 or VAS5052 : --> 91 - COMMUNICATION . The battery must only be disconnected and connected with the ignition switched off, since the Engine Control Module (ECM) can otherwise be damaged. |
- Disconnect battery Ground (GND) strap with the ignition switched off.
- Remove luggage compartment floor lining.
Note. To remove and install fuel delivery unit, it is advantageous to remove vehicle tools and spare wheel from luggage compartment. It is then possible to sit or kneel in spare wheel well.
- Remove cover for left connector flange (- arrows -).
- Carefully release and disconnect electrical harness connectors - 1 - and - 2 - on left connector flange.
- Use wrench 3087 to remove locking ring.
- Disconnect connector flange and remove sealing ring.
Scheme 747
- Disconnect electrical harness connectors -1 to - 3 - on underside of left connector flange.
- Remove cover for right connector flange (- arrows -).
- Carefully release and disconnect electrical harness connectors - 1 - and - 2 - on right connector flange.
| CAUTION | Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening system, place rags around the connection. Then release pressure by carefully loosening connection. |
- Mark and disconnect fuel supply line - 1 - and fuel return line - 2 - (press release tab).
- Use wrench 3087 to remove locking ring.
- Disconnect connector flange and remove sealing ring.
Scheme 748
- Disconnect electrical harness connectors -1 to - 3 - on underside of right connector flange.
Note. To disconnect the line couplings indicated in the description which follows, pull fuel lines toward opening of fuel tank. Many components in the following illustration are depicted as removed.
Scheme 749
- Disconnect fuel lines - 1 - and - 2 - to left fuel delivery unit through the right opening of fuel tank, press release button to do so.
3 - Right fuel delivery unit with Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G23
- After disconnecting, pull both fuel lines out of left opening of fuel tank.
Scheme 750
- Press release buttons (- arrows -) through left fuel tank opening and disconnect delivery line - 2 - as well as Fuel Supply Sensor 3 G237 (- 1 -).
- Swing Fuel Supply Sensor 3 G237 to the side toward left.
Scheme 751
- Press down both clips at mount for fuel delivery unit (- arrows -).
- Remove fuel delivery unit.
Installing
Scheme 752
- Before installing fuel delivery unit, pull both clips upward on mount until they engage (- arrows -).
- Carefully press fuel delivery unit into mount until it engages audibly.
- Connect delivery line - 2 - and Fuel Supply Sensor 3 G237 (- 1 -) until they engage audibly.
- Push through supply and return line of left fuel delivery unit through to right fuel tank chamber.
- Insert fuel lines - 1 - and - 2 - through right opening in fuel tank until they engage audibly.
3 - Right fuel delivery unit with Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G23
- Connect electrical harness connectors - 1 - to - 3 - on underside of right connector flange.
- Insert new, dry seal for connector flange into opening of fuel tank.
- Insert right connector flange in fuel tank, note installation position
Scheme 753
The tab - 2 - on connector flange must lie between tabs - 1 - and - 3 - on fuel tank.
- Tighten locking ring (120 Nm).
- Connect fuel supply line - 1 - and fuel return line - 2 - until they engage audibly.
- Connect electrical harness connectors - 1 - and - 2 - to right connector flange.
- Tighten cover for right connector flange (- arrows -).
- Connect electrical harness connectors - 1 - to - 3 - on underside of left connector flange.
- Insert new, dry seal for connector flange into opening of fuel tank.
- Insert left connector flange in fuel tank, note installation position
The tab - 2 - on connector flange must lie between tabs - 1 - and - 3 - on fuel tank.
- Tighten locking ring (120 Nm).
- Connect electrical harness connectors - 1 - and - 2 - to left connector flange.
- Tighten cover for left connector flange (- arrows -).
- Connect battery. Observe safety precautions after connecting the battery. --> «27 - BATTERY, STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cruise-control-systems/#electrical-equipment)
Tightening Specifications
| Component | Nm |
|---|---|
| Locking ring for fuel delivery unit | 120 |
Scheme 754
1 - Mount
- For fuel delivery unit
2 - Fuel Level Sensor 2 G169
- Yellow
- Checking resistance values --> «Fuel Level Sensor 2, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-level-sensor-2-checking)
- Removing and installing --> «Fuel Level Sensor 2, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-level-sensor-2-removing-and)
3 - Fuel Level Sensor 4 G393
- White
- Checking resistance values --> «Fuel Level Sensor 4, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-level-sensor-4-checking)
- Removing and installing --> «Fuel Level Sensor 4, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-level-sensor-4-removing-and)
4 - Fuel supply line
- To fuel filter
- Mark before removing
- To disconnect, press release button on connection piece
- Do not bend
- Clipped in on fuel tank
5 - Fuel return line
- From fuel rail pipe
- Mark before removing
- To disconnect, press release button on connection piece
- Do not bend
- Clipped in on fuel tank
6 - Locking ring
- Use ring nut spanner 3087 to remove and install
- Tighten to 120 Nm
7 - Seal
- Always replace
- To install, place into opening of fuel tank when dry
8 - Right connector flange
- Installation position --> «Installation position of right connector flange»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__installation-position-of-right-connector-flange)
9 - Fuel return line
- To left fuel delivery unit
10 - Fuel supply line
- From left fuel delivery unit
- To disconnect, press release button on connection piece
11 - Suction jet pipe
- For suction jet pump
- To disconnect, press release button on connection piece
12 - Fuel delivery line
- From suction jet pump, left side
13 - Fuel filler tube
- From fuel filler tube
14 - Right fuel delivery unit
- With Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G23
- Various versions, allocation
- Fuel Pump (FP) electrical testing --> «Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Electrical Testing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__right-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer)
- Checking residual pressure: --> «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bfm)
- Removing and installing --> «Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__right-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer)
Installation position of right connector flange
- Insert new, dry seal for connector flange into opening of fuel tank.
- Insert connector flange in fuel tank, note installation position
The tab - 2 - on connector flange must lie between tabs - 1 - and - 3 - on fuel tank.
Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Electrical Testing
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- VAG1348/3A with VAG1348/3-2
- VAG1526A
- VAG1594A
- VAS5051 with VAS5051/9
Test Prerequisites
- Battery voltage at least 12.7 volts
- Fuse 31 (in fuse holder) SC31 (in fuse holder, right side of instrument panel) OK.
Scheme 755
- Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 OK (on relay- and fuse holder in front right footwell, position 4).
- Fuel filter OK
- Ignition switched off.
Scheme 756
- Pry off right cover on instrument panel (- arrow -) using screwdriver.
- Pull out Fuse 31 (in fuse holder) SC31 (in relay- and fuse holder in front right footwell, position 31).
Scheme 757
- Connect remote control VAG1348/3A with adapter cable VAG1348/3-2 to left/right terminal of socket for Fuse 31 (in fuse holder) SC31 (in fuse holder, right side of instrument panel).
- Connect alligator clip to vehicle battery B+.
- Press switch of remote control.
Operating noise of the pump must be audible in vicinity of fuel tank.
Note. Fuel Pump (FP) runs quietly. During test of Fuel Pump (FP), surrounding noise must be avoided; if necessary, use a second technician to check.
If no flowing noise can be heard
- Remove luggage compartment floor lining.
- Remove cover for right connector flange (- arrows -).
- Carefully release and disconnect electrical harness connector - 2 - on right connector flange.
Note. Disregard - 1 -.
- Connect multimeter between terminal 1 and 4 of harness connector for voltage measurement.
- Press switch of remote control.
Specified value: approx. battery voltage
If specified value is not obtained
- Repair open circuit in wiring according to wiring diagram.
If specified value is obtained, although no operating noise can be heard from pump
- Remove right fuel delivery unit --> «Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__right-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
- Check whether electrical wires between flange and Fuel Pump (FP) are connected, and test for continuity if necessary.
If no malfunctions are found in wires
- Fuel pump faulty. Replace right fuel delivery unit --> «Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__right-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
- Install right fuel delivery unit --> «Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__right-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
Test Prerequisite
- Voltage supply of Fuel Pump (FP) OK.
- Remove Fuse 31 (in fuse holder) SC31 (in fuse holder, right side of instrument panel, position 31).
Scheme 758
- Connect remote control VAG1348/3A with adapter cable VAG1348/3-2 to left terminal of socket for Fuse 31 (in fuse holder) SC31 (in fuse holder, right side of instrument panel).
- Connect alligator clip to vehicle battery B+.
- Connect tester VAS5051 with inductive pick-up VAS5051/9 to wire of remote control.
- Press switch of remote control.
- Measure Fuel Pump (FP) current draw.
Specified value: approx. 8 amps
If specified value is not obtained
Note. At a displayed current draw of 4 amps, Fuel Pump (FP) runs dry.
| Indicated | Malfunction cause | Corrective action |
|---|---|---|
| Approx. 4 A | Fuel tank empty | Refuel |
| Housing for fuel delivery unit leaking | Fuel delivery unit, replacing --> Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing | |
| 0 A | Fuel Pump (FP) G6 malfunctioning | Fuel delivery unit, replacing --> Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing |
Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Wrench 3087 for tank sensor
Removing
Observe safety precautions --> Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions .
Observe rules for cleanliness --> Clean Working Conditions .
- To remove the fuel delivery unit, the fuel tank may only be filled to a maximum of 1 /3. Empty fuel tank if necessary. Procedure --> «Fuel Tank, Emptying»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-tank-emptying) .
| CAUTION | On vehicles equipped with Audi Telematics by OnStar®, switch-off the emergency (back-up) battery for the Telematic/Telephone Control Module prior to disconnecting vehicle battery. Use must use the VAS5051 or VAS5052 : --> 91 - COMMUNICATION . The battery must only be disconnected and connected with the ignition switched off, since the Engine Control Module (ECM) can otherwise be damaged. |
- Disconnect battery Ground (GND) strap with the ignition switched off.
- Remove luggage compartment floor lining.
Note. To remove and install fuel delivery unit, it is advantageous to remove vehicle tools and spare wheel from luggage compartment. It is then possible to sit or kneel in spare wheel well.
- Remove cover for right connector flange (- arrows -).
- Carefully release and disconnect electrical harness connectors - 1 - and - 2 - on right connector flange.
| CAUTION | Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening system, place rags around the connection. Then release pressure by carefully loosening connection. |
- Mark and disconnect fuel supply line - 1 - and fuel return line - 2 - (press release tab).
- Use Wrench 3087 to remove locking ring.
- Disconnect connector flange and remove sealing ring.
- Disconnect electrical harness connectors -1 to - 3 - on underside of right connector flange.
Note. To disconnect the line couplings indicated in the description which follows, pull fuel lines toward opening of fuel tank. Many components in the following illustration are depicted as removed.
- Disconnect fuel lines - 1 - and - 2 - to left fuel delivery unit through the right opening of fuel tank, press release button to do so.
3 - Right fuel delivery unit with Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G23
Scheme 759
- Unclip filling line (- arrow -) at front on right fuel delivery unit.
- Remove cover for left connector flange (- arrows -).
- Carefully release and disconnect electrical harness connectors - 1 - and - 2 - on left connector flange.
- Use Wrench 3087 to remove locking ring.
- Disconnect connector flange and remove sealing ring.
- Disconnect electrical harness connectors -1 to - 3 - on underside of left connector flange.
Scheme 760
- Disconnect suction jet pipe - 3 - from Y-connector through left opening of fuel tank, press release button to do so.
- Remove suction jet pipe to right opening of fuel tank.
Scheme 761
- Press release buttons (- arrows -) through right fuel tank opening and disconnect delivery line - 1 - as well as Fuel Supply Sensor 4 G393 (- 2 -).
- Swing Fuel Supply Sensor 4 G393 to the side toward right.
- Press down both clips at mount for fuel delivery unit (- arrows -).
- Remove fuel delivery unit.
Installing
- Before installing fuel delivery unit, pull both clips upward on mount until they engage (- arrows -).
- Now, carefully press fuel delivery unit into mount until it engages audibly.
- Connect delivery line - 1 - and Fuel Supply Sensor 4 G393 (- 2 -) until they engage audibly on right fuel delivery unit.
- Slide suction jet pipe - 3 - through right opening of fuel tank to left fuel tank chamber.
- Connect suction jet pipe to Y-connector until it engages audibly.
- Connect electrical harness connectors - 1 - to - 3 - on underside of left connector flange.
- Insert new, dry seal for connector flange into opening of fuel tank.
- Insert left connector flange in fuel tank, note installation position
The tab - 2 - on connector flange must lie between tabs - 1 - and - 3 - on fuel tank.
- Tighten locking ring (120 Nm).
- Connect electrical harness connectors - 1 - and - 2 - to left connector flange.
- Tighten cover for left connector flange (- arrows -).
- Insert fuel lines - 1 - and - 2 - through right opening in fuel tank to left fuel delivery unit until they engage audibly.
3 - Right fuel delivery unit with Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G23
- Connect electrical harness connectors - 1 - to - 3 - on underside of right connector flange.
- Insert new, dry seal for connector flange into opening of fuel tank.
- Insert right connector flange in fuel tank, note installation position
The tab - 2 - on connector flange must lie between tabs - 1 - and - 3 - on fuel tank.
- Tighten locking ring (120 Nm).
- Connect fuel supply line - 1 - and fuel return line - 2 - until they engage audibly.
- Connect electrical harness connectors - 1 - and - 2 - to right connector flange.
- Tighten cover for right connector flange (- arrows -).
- Connect battery. Observe safety precautions after connecting the battery. --> «27 - BATTERY, STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cruise-control-systems/#electrical-equipment)
Tightening Specifications
| Component | Nm |
|---|---|
| Locking ring for fuel delivery unit | 120 |
Suction Jet Pumps, Function
In order to ensure proper fuel supply in all driving conditions, especially under heavy turning or breaking, it is important that the fuel pumps do not intake any air. This is especially the case when the fuel tank is only partially filled and the fuel swashes into one corner of the fuel tank.
Therefore, the fuel delivery units - 2 - and - 5 - have, in addition to the fuel pumps, a so-called baffle housing, into which the fuel pumps are inserted. The baffle housing is a reservoir that is continuously filled with fuel so that the fuel pumps are always surrounded by fuel regardless of the fuel level in the fuel tank.
The proper filling of the baffle housing is essential to the correct function of the fuel pumps. The so-called suction jet pumps are responsible for this.
The suction jet pumps operate according to the principle of fluid entrainment: a stream of fuel from the supply pipe for fuel pump - 4 - (right side) is passed through a nozzle into the suction jet pumps - 1 - and - 6 - , and is thus accelerated. The accelerated stream of fuel draws off the surrounding fuel and delivers it to the baffle housings of the fuel delivery units. The suction jet pump (right side) - 6 - delivers the fuel directly into the baffle housing (left side), and the suction jet pump (left side) - 1 - delivers the fuel directly into the baffle housing (right side).
The fuel is distributed from the supply pipe for fuel pump (right side) to the two suction jet pumps via the two Y-connectors - 7 - and - 8 -.
Another smaller suction jet pump is located in the expansion tank - 3 - and pumps excess fuel back into the fuel tank.
Scheme 762
Left Suction Jet Pump, Removing and Installing
Removing
Observe safety precautions --> Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions .
Observe rules for cleanliness --> Clean Working Conditions .
- Remove left fuel delivery unit --> «Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__left-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
- Remove left side Fuel Supply Sensor 3 G237 (tubular sensor) out of fuel tank.
- Disconnect suction jet pipes - 1 - and - 3 - from Y-connector through left opening of fuel tank, press release button to do so.
- Press release buttons (- arrows -) through right opening of fuel tank and disconnect delivery line - 1 -.
Note. Disregard - 2 -.
- Pull out delivery line through left opening of fuel tank.
Scheme 763
- Press release button (- arrow -) through left opening of fuel tank and remove retainer for suction jet pipes from mount.
- Remove left suction jet pump with lines from left opening of fuel tank.
Installing
Scheme 764
- Insert left suction jet pump - 1 - in fuel tank so that it lies in cut-out in baffle plate - 2 - in front in fuel tank, as shown in illustration.
- Press in retainer for suction jet pump until it engages audibly into the mount.
- Slide delivery line through left opening of fuel tank to the right fuel tank chamber. Note routing
Delivery line - 3 - must be routed under fuel filling line - 2 - in area of left fuel tank opening.
Note. Disregard - 1 -.
- Connect delivery line - 1 - to right fuel delivery unit until retaining tabs engage audibly.
Note. Disregard - 2 -.
- Insert suction jet pipes - 1 - and - 3 - into left opening of fuel tank until they engage audibly on Y-connector.
- Insert Fuel Supply Sensor 3 G237 into fuel tank.
- Install left fuel delivery unit --> «Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__left-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
Right Suction Jet Pump, Removing and Installing
Removing
Observe safety precautions --> Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions .
Observe rules for cleanliness --> Clean Working Conditions .
- Remove right fuel delivery unit --> «Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__right-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
- Remove right side Fuel Supply Sensor 4 G393 (tubular sensor) out of fuel tank.
- Disconnect suction jet pipe - 5 - from Y-connector through left opening of fuel tank, press release button to do so.
- Press release buttons (- arrows -) through left opening of fuel tank and disconnect delivery line - 2 -.
Note. Disregard - 1 -.
- Pull out delivery line through right opening of fuel tank.
Scheme 765
- Press release button (- arrow -) through right opening of fuel tank and remove retainer for suction jet pipes from mount.
- Remove right suction jet pump with lines from right opening of fuel tank.
Installing
- Insert right suction jet pump - 1 - in fuel tank so that it lies in cut-out in baffle plate - 2 - in front in fuel tank, as shown in illustration.
- Press in retainer for suction jet pump until it engages audibly into the mount.
- Slide delivery line through right opening of fuel tank to the left fuel tank chamber. Note routing
Delivery line - 1 - must be routed under fuel filling line - 2 - in area of left fuel tank opening.
Note. Disregard - 3 -.
- Connect delivery line - 2 - to left fuel delivery unit until retaining tabs engage audibly.
Note. Disregard - 1 -.
- Slide suction jet pipe - 5 - through right opening of fuel tank to left fuel tank chamber.
- Connect suction jet pipe to Y-connector until it engages audibly.
- Insert Fuel Supply Sensor 4 G393 into fuel tank.
- Install right fuel delivery unit --> «Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__right-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
Fuel Level Sensor
Fuel Level Sensor 1, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
Scheme 766
- VAG1526A
Scheme 767
- Engine/transmission hoist VAG1594A
Test Sequence
- Remove luggage compartment floor lining.
- Remove cover for left connector flange (- arrows -).
- Carefully release and disconnect electrical harness connector - 1 - on left connector flange.
Scheme 768
- Connect multimeter between terminal 2 and 4 on connector - B - for resistance measurement.
| Sensor installed | Sender at lower stop | Sender at upper stop |
|---|---|---|
| Fuel Level Sensor G | Approx. 700 ohms | Approx. 55 ohms |
- For measured value 0 ohms there is a short circuit, for measured value infinity ohms an open circuit.
Note. To check resistance values "tank full" or "tank empty" , Fuel Level Sensor G must be removed --> Fuel Level Sensor 1, Removing and Installing and the sensor floater must be placed in upper or lower end position.
With sender for fuel gauge removed, the following values are obtained because of the great bending of floater arm
| Sender removed | Sender at lower stop | Sender at upper stop |
|---|---|---|
| Fuel Level Sensor G | Approx. 990 ohms | Approx. 55 ohms |
Fuel Level Sensor 1, Removing and Installing
Removing
Observe safety precautions --> Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions .
Observe rules for cleanliness --> Clean Working Conditions .
- Fuel tank must be drained completely to remove the lever-type sender. Procedure to drain fuel tank --> «Fuel Tank, Emptying»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-tank-emptying) .
- Remove left fuel delivery unit --> «Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__left-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
- Remove left side Fuel Level Sensor 3 G237 (tubular sensor) out of fuel tank.
Scheme 769
- Disengage Fuel Level Sensor G (- arrow -) and pull it out of mount.
Installing
- Insert Fuel Level Sensor G until it engages audibly into mount.
- Insert Fuel Level Sensor 3 G237 into fuel tank.
- Install left fuel delivery unit --> «Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__left-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
Fuel Level Sensor 2, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- VAG1526A
- VAG1594A
Test Sequence
- Remove luggage compartment floor lining.
- Remove cover for right connector flange (- arrows -).
- Carefully release and disconnect electrical harness connector - 1 - on right connector flange.
Scheme 770
- Connect multimeter between terminal 2 and 4 on connector - B - for resistance measurement.
| Sensor installed | Sender at lower stop | Sender at upper stop |
|---|---|---|
| Fuel Level Sensor 2 G169 | Approx. 750 ohms | Approx. 55 ohms |
- For measured value 0 ohms there is a short circuit, for measured value infinity ohms an open circuit.
Note. To check resistance values "tank full" or "tank empty" , Fuel Level Sensor 2 must be removed --> Fuel Level Sensor 2, Removing and Installing and the sensor floater must be placed in upper or lower end position.
With sender for fuel gauge removed, the following values are obtained because of the great bending of floater arm
| Sender removed | Sender at lower stop | Sender at upper stop |
|---|---|---|
| Fuel Level Sensor 2 G169 | Approx. 990 ohms | Approx. 55 ohms |
Fuel Level Sensor 2, Removing and Installing
Removing
Observe safety precautions --> Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions .
Observe rules for cleanliness --> Clean Working Conditions .
- Fuel tank must be drained completely to remove the lever-type sender. Procedure to drain fuel tank --> «Fuel Tank, Emptying»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-tank-emptying) .
- Remove right fuel delivery unit --> «Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__right-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
- Remove right side Fuel Supply Sensor 4 G393 (tubular sensor) out of fuel tank.
Scheme 771
- Disengage Fuel Level Sensor 2 G169 (- arrow -) and pull it out of mount.
Installing
- Insert Fuel Level Sensor 2 G169 until it engages audibly into mount.
- Insert Fuel Level Sensor 4 G393 into fuel tank.
- Install right fuel delivery unit --> «Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__right-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
Fuel Level Sensor 3, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- VAG1526A
- Engine/transmission hoist VAG1594A
Test Sequence
- Remove luggage compartment floor lining.
- Remove cover for left connector flange (- arrows -).
- Carefully release and disconnect electrical harness connector - 2 - on left connector flange.
- Connect multimeter between terminal 2 and 3 on connector - A - for resistance measurement.
| Sender removed | Sender at lower stop | Sender at upper stop |
|---|---|---|
| Fuel Level Sensor 3 G237 | Approx. 155 ohms | Approx. 70 ohms |
- For measured value 0 ohms there is a short circuit, for measured value infinity ohms an open circuit.
Note. To check resistance values "tank full" or "tank empty" , Fuel Level Sensor 3 must be removed --> Fuel Level Sensor 3, Removing and Installing and the sensor floater must be allowed to glide to upper or lower end position.
Fuel Level Sensor 3, Removing and Installing
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Wrench 3087 for tank sensor
Removing
Observe safety precautions --> Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions .
Observe rules for cleanliness --> Clean Working Conditions .
- To remove the tubular sensor, the left fuel tank chamber may only be filled to a maximum of 1 /3. Procedure to drain fuel tank --> «Fuel Tank, Emptying»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-tank-emptying) .
| CAUTION | On vehicles equipped with Audi Telematics by OnStar®, switch-off the emergency (back-up) battery for the Telematic/Telephone Control Module prior to disconnecting vehicle battery. Use must use the VAS5051 or VAS5052 : --> 91 - COMMUNICATION . The battery must only be disconnected and connected with the ignition switched off, since the Engine Control Module (ECM) can otherwise be damaged. |
- Disconnect battery Ground (GND) strap with the ignition switched off.
- Open fuel filler cap briefly and then close again.
- Remove luggage compartment floor lining.
Note. To remove and install tubular sensor, it is advantageous to remove vehicle tools and spare wheel from luggage compartment. It is then possible to sit or kneel in spare wheel well.
- Remove cover for left connector flange (- arrows -).
- Carefully release and disconnect electrical harness connectors - 1 - and - 2 - on left connector flange.
- Use Wrench 3087 to remove locking ring.
- Disconnect connector flange and remove sealing ring.
- Disconnect electrical harness connectors -1 to - 3 - on underside of left connector flange.
- Press release buttons (- arrows -) through left fuel tank opening and disconnect delivery line - 2 - as well as Fuel Level Sensor 3 G237 (- 1 -).
- Swing Fuel Level Sensor 3 G237 to the side toward left.
- Press down both clips at mount for fuel delivery unit (- arrows -).
- Pull fuel delivery unit slightly upward and remove Fuel Level Sensor 3 G237 simultaneously.
Installing
- Before installing fuel delivery unit, pull both clips upward on mount until they engage (- arrows -).
- Carefully press fuel delivery unit into mount until it engages audibly.
- Connect delivery line - 2 - and Fuel Level Sensor 3 G237 (- 1 -) until they engage audibly.
- Connect electrical harness connectors - 1 - to - 3 - on underside of left connector flange.
- Insert new, dry seal for connector flange into opening of fuel tank.
- Insert left connector flange in fuel tank, note installation position
The tab - 2 - on connector flange must lie between tabs - 1 - and - 3 - on fuel tank.
- Tighten locking ring (120 Nm).
- Connect electrical harness connectors - 1 - and - 2 - to left connector flange.
- Tighten cover for left connector flange (- arrows -).
- Connect battery. Observe safety precautions after connecting the battery. --> «27 - BATTERY, STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cruise-control-systems/#electrical-equipment)
Tightening Specifications
| Component | Nm |
|---|---|
| Locking ring for fuel delivery unit | 120 |
Fuel Level Sensor 4, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- VAG1526A
- Engine/transmission hoist VAG1594A
Test Sequence
- Remove luggage compartment floor lining.
- Remove cover for right connector flange (- arrows -).
- Carefully release and disconnect electrical harness connector - 2 - on right connector flange.
- Connect multimeter between terminal 2 and 3 on connector - A - for resistance measurement.
| Sender removed | Sender at lower stop | Sender at upper stop |
|---|---|---|
| Fuel Level Sensor 4 G393 | Approx. 155ohms | Approx. 70ohms |
- For measured value 0 ohms there is a short circuit, for measured value infinity ohms an open circuit.
Note. To check resistance values "tank full" or "tank empty" , Fuel Supply Sensor 4 G393 must be removed --> Fuel Level Sensor 4, Removing and Installing and the sensor floater must be placed in upper or lower end position.
Fuel Level Sensor 4, Removing and Installing
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Wrench 3087 for tank sensor
Removing
Observe safety precautions --> Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions .
Observe rules for cleanliness --> Clean Working Conditions .
- To remove the tubular sensor, the right fuel tank chamber may only be filled to a maximum of 1 /3. Procedure to drain fuel tank --> «Fuel Tank, Emptying»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-tank-emptying) .
| CAUTION | On vehicles equipped with Audi Telematics by OnStar®, switch-off the emergency (back-up) battery for the Telematic/Telephone Control Module prior to disconnecting vehicle battery. Use must use the VAS5051 or VAS5052 : --> 91 - COMMUNICATION . The battery must only be disconnected and connected with the ignition switched off, since the Engine Control Module (ECM) can otherwise be damaged. |
- Disconnect battery Ground (GND) strap with the ignition switched off.
- Open fuel filler cap briefly and then close again.
- Remove luggage compartment floor lining.
Note. To remove and install tubular sensor, it is advantageous to remove vehicle tools and spare wheel from luggage compartment. It is then possible to sit or kneel in spare wheel well.
- Remove cover for right connector flange (- arrows -).
- Carefully release and disconnect electrical harness connectors - 1 - and - 2 - on right connector flange.
| CAUTION | Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening system, place rags around the connection. Then release pressure by carefully loosening connection. |
- Mark and disconnect fuel supply line - 1 - and fuel return line - 2 - (press release tab).
- Use Wrench 3087 to remove locking ring.
- Disconnect connector flange and remove sealing ring.
- Disconnect electrical harness connectors -1 to - 3 - on underside of right connector flange.
Note. To disconnect the line couplings indicated in the description which follows, pull fuel lines toward opening of fuel tank. Many components in the following illustration are depicted as removed.
- Disconnect fuel lines - 1 - and - 2 - to left fuel delivery unit through the right opening of fuel tank, press release button to do so.
3 - Right fuel delivery unit with Fuel Pump (FP) G23
- Press release buttons (- arrows -) through right fuel tank opening and disconnect delivery line - 1 - as well as Fuel Supply Sensor 4 G393 (- 2 -).
- Swing Fuel Supply Sensor 4 G393 to the side toward right.
- Press down both clips at mount for fuel delivery unit (- arrows -).
- Pull fuel delivery unit slightly upward and remove Fuel Supply Sensor 4 G393 simultaneously.
Installing
- Before installing fuel delivery unit, pull both clips upward on mount until they engage (- arrows -).
- Carefully press fuel delivery unit into mount until it engages audibly.
- Connect delivery line - 1 - and Fuel Level Sensor 4 G393 (- 2 -) until they engage audibly.
- Insert fuel lines - 1 - and - 2 - through right opening in fuel tank to left fuel delivery unit until they engage audibly.
3 - Right fuel delivery unit with Fuel Pump (FP) G23
- Connect electrical harness connectors - 1 - to - 3 - on underside of right connector flange.
- Insert new, dry seal for connector flange into opening of fuel tank.
- Insert right connector flange in fuel tank, note installation position
The tab - 2 - on connector flange must lie between tabs - 1 - and - 3 - on fuel tank.
- Tighten locking ring (120 Nm).
- Connect fuel supply line - 1 - and fuel return line - 2 - until they engage audibly.
- Connect electrical harness connectors - 1 - and - 2 - to right connector flange.
- Tighten cover for right connector flange (- arrows -).
- Connect battery. Observe safety precautions after connecting the battery. --> «27 - BATTERY, STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cruise-control-systems/#electrical-equipment)
Tightening Specifications
| Component | Nm |
|---|---|
| Locking ring for fuel delivery unit | 120 |
Fuel Filter, Servicing
Fuel Filter with Fuel System Return Line, Component Overview
Note. Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate for the model type
Scheme 772
1 - Fuel return line
- From fuel rail pipe
- Clipped in on fuel filter bracket
- To disconnect, press release button on connection piece
2 - Fuel filter
- Direction of flow is marked with (- arrows -)
- Do not interchange connections
- Removing and installing --> «Fuel Filter with Return Line, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-filter-with-return-line-removing)
3 - Fuel supply line
- From fuel tank
- To disconnect, press release button on connection piece
4 - Bracket
- For fuel filter
5 - 1.5 Nm
6 - Fuel supply line
- To fuel rail pipe
- To disconnect, press release button on connection piece
7 - 3 Nm
Fuel Filter with Return Line, Removing and Installing
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Reservoir
Removing
Observe safety precautions --> Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions .
Observe rules for cleanliness --> Clean Working Conditions .
- Remove cover - 1 - , right, bottom at vehicle floor.
- Place appropriate receptacle underneath fuel filter.
| CAUTION | Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening system, place rags around the connection. Then release pressure by carefully loosening connection. |
Scheme 773
- Disconnect fuel lines - 1 - and - 3 - (press release button).
- Remove bolt - 2 -.
- Remove fuel filter.
Installing
Installation is the reverse of removal, noting the following
- The direction of flow is marked with - arrows
Tightening Specifications
| Component | Nm |
|---|---|
| Screw clip for fuel filter | 3 |
Fuel Filter without Return Line, Component Overview
Note. Secure all hose connectors with hose clamps appropriate for the model type
Scheme 774
1 - Oil filter with pressure regulator (4 bar)
- Flow through direction is identified with - arrows
- Do not interchange connections
- Removing and installing --> «Fuel Filter without Return Line, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-filter-without-return-line-removing)
2 - Fuel supply line
- From fuel tank
- To remove, press release button on connector piece
3 - Fuel return line
- From fuel rail pipe
- Clipped onto fuel filter bracket
- To remove, press release button on connector piece
4 - Bracket
- For fuel filter
5 - 1,5 Nm
6 - Fuel line
- To fuel rail pipe
- To remove, press release button on connector piece
7 - 3 Nm
Fuel Filter without Return Line, Removing and Installing
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Drip tray
Removing
Observe safety precautions --> Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions .
Observe rules for cleanliness --> Clean Working Conditions .
- Remove right cover - 1 - from bottom of vehicle floor.
- Place container underneath fuel filter.
| CAUTION | Fuel system is under pressure. Before opening system, place rags around the connection area. Then release pressure by carefully loosening the connection. |
Scheme 775
- Remove fuel lines - 1 - , - 2 - and - 4 - (press release button).
- Remove bolts - 3 -.
- Remove fuel filter.
Installing
Installation is performed in reverse order of removal. Note the following
- The flow-through direction is identified with - arrows
Tightening Specifications
| Component | Nm |
|---|---|
| Fuel filter retaining clamp | 3 |
EVAP System Components, Servicing
Scheme 776
1 - Cover
- For EVAP canister
2 - Vent line
- To Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80
3 - Vent line
- To fuel tank
4 - EVAP canister
- Component location: Below, in spare tire well at vehicle floor
5 - Connection hose
- Leak Detection Pump (LDP)/EVAP canister
6 - Socket
7 - Rubber grommet
8 - Pin bolt - 16 Nm
9 - Cap nut - 9 Nm
EVAP Canister, Removing and Installing
Note. Checking seal Performing leak diagnostic, --> EVAP System Diagnostic Leak Test, Performing
Removing
Observe safety precautions --> Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions .
Observe rules for cleanliness --> Clean Working Conditions .
Scheme 777
- Remove EVAP canister cover at bottom of spare wheel well (- arrows -).
Scheme 778
- Disconnect hose connections - 1 - to - 3 - at ventilation lines.
- Remove pin bolts (- arrows -) and remove EVAP canister.
Installing
Installation is the reverse of removal, noting the following
Note. Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate for the model type
Tightening Specifications
| Component | Nm |
|---|---|
| EVAP canister to chassis | 16 |
| Cover at spare wheel well | 9 |
Scheme 779
1 - Throttle Valve Control Module J338
2 - Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80
- Component location: In engine compartment
3 - Vent line
- From EVAP canister to Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80
- Installed position: Right side, beneath vehicle floor
4 - Vent line
- To fuel tank
5 - EVAP canister
- Component location: Below, in spare tire well at vehicle floor
6 - Connection hose
- Leak Detection Pump (LDP)/EVAP canister
- Pressure side
7 - Leak detection pump (LDP) V144
- Activated by low pressure
- Component location: Under wheel housing liner in rear left wheelhousing
8 - Air filter
- For diagnostic pump
9 - Vacuum line
- Delivers low pressure from intake manifold to diagnostic pump drive
EVAP System Diagnostic Leak Test, Performing
Observe safety precautions --> Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions .
Observe rules for cleanliness --> Clean Working Conditions .
Function
The evaporative emissions (EVAP) system, diagnostic leak test recognizes leaks in the entire fuel system including the fuel tank, Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister and Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80.
On the mechanical side, the leak detection system consists primarily of a vacuum activated diaphragm pump with a reed contact on an activating rod at the pump diaphragm. The pump is supplied its vacuum via the engine intake.
- When diagnostic leak test is activated, the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) increases pressure in the fuel system to 20 to 30 mbar. The pump membrane is then expanded so that the reed contact at the operating rod remains in the "open" position.
- The diagnostic will test whether the reed contact remains open within 10 seconds. Then the fuel system is leak-free.
- If pressure falls (indicating a leak), the diaphragm moves and the reed contact closes.
- If reed contact closes within 10 seconds of leak detection time, perform a further test: If this is the case, the membrane pump will pump 4 additional strokes. The Engine Control Module (ECM) measures the time between these 4 strokes and closure of the reed contact. From that, the control module recognizes a "small leak" (greater than 1 mm in diameter) or a "large leak".
Leak diagnostic is activated automatically shortly following every engine start. If a malfunction is recognized, a DTC entry follows. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) in the instrument cluster will light up if the malfunction is recognized for two subsequent starts.
With engine running, Engine Control Module (ECM) performs a diagnostic leak test automatically in certain intervals.
Note. Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate for the model type Always replace seals and gaskets.
Function Test
- Start engine and let it run 15 minutes at idle.
- Select measuring value "Test-ID 01: Tank leak test" and check whether specified value is being reached --> «Diagnostic Mode 08 - Request Control of On-Board System, Test or Component»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-08-request-control) .
- Check specified value of tank leak test at idle.
Specified value: Test OK
Note. The function test can take a few minutes. If the accelerator pedal is depressed during the test, the test will be aborted. To repeat the tank leak test, switch ignition off and start engine again and let run at idle.
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If specified value is not reached, check tank system for proper seal.
Fuel Supply and Ventilation Systems, Checking for Leaks
Note. The following describes areas in the fuel supply and ventilation systems that should be checked for possible leaks. After making necessary repairs, perform leak test again to ensure that all leaks were successfully repaired.
- Switch ignition off.
- Check whether fuel filler cap was completely closed for test.
- Check whether seal of fuel filler cap is damaged or pinched and must be replaced.
- Remove luggage compartment floor lining.
- Remove covers for connector flange on left and right sides.
Note. Observe installation notes for connector flange --> Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing or --> Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing .
- Check whether seals under connector flanges are OK and locking rings are properly tightened on fuel tank. Also check fuel line connections.
- Visually check all lines and hose connections of fuel supply system and replace leaking lines, e.g.
Line from EVAP canister to Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 (in engine compartment)
Lines from EVAP canister to Leak detection pump (LDP) V144.
Line from fuel tank to Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister (under cover for EVAP canister)
Fuel lines to engine
Note. Leaks at lines and components of fuel supply system can sometimes be located using a non-flammable, environmentally sound leak detection spray. For this, initiate leak diagnostic several times in sequence to build pressure in the system. Leaks can be detected via bubbles.
- Visually check components of fuel supply system and EVAP system.
Fuel tank
EVAP canister
Leak detection pump (LDP) V144
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80
Note. Because of shape or function of these components it is not always possible to find leaks by applying spray. It may be necessary to clamp off the relevant component using hose clamps 3094 and initiate leak detection diagnostic. If leak is no longer detected, the component that was clamped off is faulty. If clamp is placed directly on the diagnostic pump and a leak is still detected, then the diagnostic pump itself is leaking.
Scheme 780
- Disconnect connector at Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80.
- Perform a resistance measurement between terminals on valve using portable multimeter VAG1526.
Specified value: 20 to 35 ohms
If specified value is not reached, replace Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve.
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating)
If specified value is obtained, check voltage supply.
Voltage Supply, Checking
Test Prerequisite
- Fuse for Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 (in relay- and fuse holder in instrument panel, right side) OK.
- Disconnect connector at Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80.
Scheme 781
- Connect voltage test lamp VAG1527 between terminal 1 of connector and engine Ground (GND)
- Switch ignition on.
LED must light up.
- If LED does not light up, check wire connection from terminal 1 via fuse for Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 (relay- and fuse holder in instrument panel, right side) to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 (relay carrier in E-box in plenum chamber) for open circuit. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If voltage supply is OK, check wire connection.
Wire Connection, Checking
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check the following wire connection for open circuit/short circuit
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 2 | 64 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Check EVAP system hose setup for proper seal or throughput.
- If wire connection and hose setup are OK, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) and generate readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Electrical Testing
Component location: In rear left wheel housing under wheel housing liner
- Disconnect connector at Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115.
- Perform a resistance measurement between terminals on valve using portable multimeter VAG1526.
Specified value: 20 to 35 ohms
If specified value is not reached, replace Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve.
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating)
If specified value is obtained, check voltage supply.
Test Prerequisite
- Fuse for Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2 N115 (in relay- and fuse holder in instrument panel, right side) OK.
- Disconnect connector at Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve N115.
- Connect voltage test lamp VAG1527 between terminal 1 of connector and engine Ground (GND)
- Switch ignition on.
LED must light up.
- If LED does not light up, check wire connection from terminal 1 via fuse for Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve N115 (relay- and fuse holder in instrument panel, right side) to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 (relay carrier in E-box in plenum chamber) for open circuit. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If voltage supply is OK, check wire connection.
Wire Connection, Checking
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check the following wire connection for open circuit/short circuit
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 2 | 22 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Check EVAP system hose setup for proper seal or throughput.
- If wire connection and hose setup are OK, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) and generate readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Scheme 782
1 - 9 Nm
2 - Retaining pins
3 - Bracket
- At Leak Detection Pump (LDP)
4 - Vacuum line
- To front intake manifold
5 - Leak detection pump (LDP) V144
- Component location: In rear left wheel housing under wheel housing liner
6 - 1.2 Nm
7 - Clamp
8 - Vacuum line
- To EVAP canister
9 - Air filter
- For Leak detection pump (LDP) V144
10 - Hose
11 - Bracket
- To chassis
Leak Detection Pump, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- VAG1526A
- VAG1527B
- VAG1594A
- VAG1598/31
- Remove Leak detection pump (LDP) V144 --> «Leak Detection Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__leak-detection-pump-removing-and-installing) and disconnect electrical harness connector.
Scheme 783
- Connect multimeter for resistance measurement as follows.
| Leak detection pump (LDP) V144 Terminal | Specified value |
|---|---|
| 1 + 3 | 640 to 720 ohms |
| 2 + 3 | 15 to 17 ohms |
If specified values are not obtained
- Replace Leak detection pump (LDP) V144 --> «Leak Detection Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__leak-detection-pump-removing-and-installing) .
If specified values are obtained
- Check voltage supply of Leak Detection Pump (LDP).
Note. Voltage is supplied to the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) via the Fuel Pump (FP) relay.
Test Prerequisite
- Fuse for Leak Detection Pump (LDP) OK.
Scheme 784
- Connect multimeter for voltage measurement as follows
| Harness connector Terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 3 | Engine Ground (GND) |
- Operate starter briefly.
Specified value: approx. battery voltage
- Switch ignition off.
If specified value is not obtained
- Check electrical wire connection from terminal 3 to Fuel Pump (FP) relay via fuse for open circuit according to wiring diagram. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Repair open circuit in wiring if necessary.
- If voltage supply is OK, check wire connection.
Engine Control Module, Checking Ground
- Connect multimeter as follows
| Electrical Harness connector Terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 2 | B+ |
- Operate starter briefly.
Specified value: approx. battery voltage
- Switch ignition off.
If the specified values are not reached, check wire connection.
Wire Connections, Checking
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to harness connectors of wiring harness (do not connect ECM). Connect Ground (GND) clip at test box (not visible in illustration) to Ground (GND) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check the following wire connection for open circuit and short circuit to Ground (GND) and B+
| Harness connector Terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 Socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 25 |
| 1 | 80 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- In addition, check both wires to each other for short circuit.
Specified value: infinity ohms (no continuity)
- If no malfunction was detected during the previous tests, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) .
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Leak Detection Pump, Removing and Installing
Removing
- Remove left rear wheel.
- Remove wheel housing liner, rear left: --> «66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/door-locks-anti-theft-systems/#body-exterior)
Scheme 785
- Disconnect hose connections - 1 - , - 5 - and - 6 - at vent lines.
- Remove securing bolts - 2 - and - 3 -.
- Remove Leak Detection Pump (LDP), disengage harness connector for electrical wire - 4 - with ignition off and disconnect.
Installing
Installation is the reverse of removal, noting the following
Note. Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate for the model type
Tightening Specifications
| Component | Nm |
|---|---|
| Leak Detection Pump (LDP) bracket to wheel housing | 8 |
Fuel Tank Lock Switch
Fuel Tank Lock Switch F314 consists of a reed contact on fuel filler tube and a connector flange cap with an embedded magnet. With a connector flange cap that is not fully screwed on, the reed contact switches and triggers an indication on the display in instrument cluster.
- Check the following items in order with a lighted display
Scheme 786
- Proper connector flange cap (recognized by: with magnet (- arrow -)
- Connector flange cap is fully screwed on
Scheme 787
- Switch - 1 - is fully inserted at fuel filler tube
- Electrical fault in switch. --> «Electrical test for Fuel Tank Lock Switch F314»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__electrical-test-for-fuel-tank-lock)
- Faulty wiring connection to instrument cluster (check according to wiring diagram)
Electrical test for Fuel Tank Lock Switch F314
- Rear right wheelhousing liner, removing: --> «66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/door-locks-anti-theft-systems/#body-exterior)
- Disconnect electrical harness connector - 2 -.
Scheme 788
- Connect multimeter between terminal 1 and 2 for resistance measurement.
| Connector flange cap | Specified value |
|---|---|
| Screwed on tightly | 8.5 to 11.5 ohms |
| Not or incorrectly screwed on | Infinity ohms |
If specified values are not obtained
- Replace Fuel Tank Lock Switch F314. To do so, disconnect electrical harness connector - 2 - and unclip/clip switch with connection from bracket.
Accelerator Linkage, Servicing
Scheme 789
1 - Accelerator pedal module
- With Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185
2 - 10 Nm
3 - 6-pin harness connector
4 - 10 Nm
Throttle Position Sensor, Checking
Both the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 are located at the accelerator pedal and communicate the drivers intentions to the ECM completely independently of each other. Both sensors are stored in one housing.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter VAG1526 or Multimeter VAG1715
- Connector test kit VAG1594
- Wiring diagram
Test Prerequisite
- The respective fuses of Engine Control Module (ECM) must be OK: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
Test Sequence
Note. When servicing terminals in the harness connector for the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor, use only gold-plated terminals.
- Remove footwell cover (drivers side).
- Disconnect 6-pin connector from Throttle Position (TP) Sensor.
- Switch ignition on.
Scheme 790
- Connect multimeter to the following connector terminals for voltage measurement.
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Specified value |
|---|---|
| 1 + Ground (GND) | Approx. 5 Volts |
| 1 + 5 | Approx. 5 Volts |
| 2 + Ground (GND) | Approx. 5 Volts |
| 2 + 3 | Approx. 5 Volts |
- Switch ignition off.
If specified values are not reached, check wire connections.
Wiring, Checking
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check the following wire connection for open circuit/short circuit
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 1 | 72 |
| 2 | 73 |
| 3 | 36 |
| 4 | 35 |
| 5 | 33 |
| 6 | 34 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Check wires for short circuit to each other, to vehicle Ground (GND) and to B+.
Specified value: infinity ohms (no continuity)
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Replace accelerator pedal module --> «Accelerator Pedal Module with Throttle Position Sensor and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__accelerator-pedal-module-with-throttle-position) .
- Erase DTC memory of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- Generate readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Accelerator Pedal Module with Throttle Position Sensor and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2, Removing and Installing
Removing
- Remove driver-side storage compartment. --> «68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#body-interior)
Scheme 791
- Disconnect 6-pin harness connector - 2 -.
- Remove bolts - 1 - and - 3 -.
- Remove accelerator pedal module.
Installing
Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
| Component | Nm |
|---|---|
| Accelerator pedal module at pedal mount | 10 |
Kick Down Switch, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Engine/transmission hoist VAG1526A
- Engine/transmission hoist VAG1594A
- Pry off covers using a screwdriver.
Scheme 792
- Remove bolts (- arrows -) and remove cover for kick down switch.
- Disconnect electrical harness connector.
- Connect multimeter at kick down switch for resistance measurement.
Specified value: infinity ohms (no continuity)
- Move accelerator pedal slowly in direction of Wide Open Throttle (WOT).
Shortly after kickdown point, resistance must drop to 0 ohms
If indications do not resemble description
- Replace kick down switch --> «Kick Down Switch, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__kick-down-switch-removing-and-installing) .
- Erase DTC memory of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- Generate readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Kick Down Switch, Removing and Installing
Removing
- Pry off covers using a screwdriver.
- Remove bolts (- arrows -) and remove cover for kick down switch.
Scheme 793
- Disengage retaining tab (- arrow -) using a small screwdriver and turn kick down switch counter-clockwise.
- Disconnect electrical harness connector.
Installing
Installation is performed in reverse order of removal.
Motronic Injection System, Servicing
Safety Precautions
If special testing equipment is required during road test, note the following
| CAUTION | Test and measuring equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and operated from there by a second person. If test and measuring equipment is operated from the passenger seat, the person seated there could be injured in the event of an accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag. |
To reduce the risk of personal injury and/or damage to the fuel injection and ignition system, always observe the following
- Only disconnect and reconnect wires for injection and ignition system, including test leads, when ignition is turned off.
- If engine is to be cranked at starting RPM without starting (e.g. for compression pressure testing), disconnect connector from power output stages for ignition coils and from fuel injectors.
- It is possible that the control module will recognize a malfunction and store a DTC during some tests. After completing all tests and repairs, DTC memory should therefore be checked and erased if necessary.
- Always switch ignition off before cleaning engine.
- The battery must only be disconnected and connected with the ignition switched off, since the Engine Control Module (ECM) can otherwise be damaged.
| CAUTION | Fuel system is under pressure! Before loosening hose connections or opening the test connection (for fuel pressure measurement), place rags around the connection point. Then release pressure by carefully loosening connection. |
Note. When working on the fuel supply or fuel injection systems, the following "6 rules of cleanliness" should be carefully observed: Thoroughly clean all connections and the surrounding area before disconnecting. Place parts that have been removed on a clean surface and cover them. Use lint-free cloths only! Carefully cover over opened components or seal, if repairs are not performed immediately. Only install clean components: Only unpack replacement parts immediately prior to installation. Do not use parts that have been stored loose (in tool boxes etc.) When the system is open: Avoid working with compressed air. Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary. Disconnected electrical harness connectors: Protect from dirt and moisture, be sure harness connector is dry before connecting.
Technical Data
| Engine code | BFM 4.2 L 246 KW (335 PS) | BGK 4,2 L 246 KW (335 PS) | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Idle Speed cannot be adjusted, it is regulated by idle stabilization | 640 to 720 RPM | 640 to 720 RPM | |
| Engine speed (RPM) limitation by closing throttle valve | 6600 RPM | 6600 RPM | |
| Fuel pressure at idle RPM | |||
| Fuel system with return flow | Vacuum hose connected | Approx. 3.5 bar positive pressure | |
| Vacuum hose disconnected | Approx. 4.0 bar positive pressure | ||
| Fuel system without return flow | Approx. 3.5 bar positive pressure | ||
| Residual pressure after 10 minutes | Min. 2.5 bar pressure | Min. 2.5 bar positive pressure | |
| Fuel injector | Spray pattern | Multi-hole nozzle/same for all fuel injectors | Multi-hole nozzle/same for all fuel injectors |
| Quantity injected (30 seconds) | 105 to 125mm | 105 to 125 ml | |
| Resistance (Room temperature at 20°C) | 13 to 16 ohms | 13 to 16 ohms | |
* Current values: --> Emissions Test binder
*With an engine at operating temperature, the resistance of the fuel injectors increases by approx. 4 to 6 ohms.
Component Location Overview
Components A through N are not depicted in the exploded view illustration.
A - Exhaust Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
- In instrument cluster (Meaning of lamp)
- > «Exhaust Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__exhaust-malfunction-indicator-lamp-mil)
B - "EPC" warning lamp
- In instrument cluster (Meaning of lamp)
- > «EPC warning lamp»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
C - Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185
- In footwell on accelerator pedal (both sensors are stored in one housing)
D - Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17
- 5-pin relay carrier in passengers footwell, position 4
- > «Relay carrier in front passengers footwell»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__relay-carrier-in-front-passengers-footwell)
E - Fuel Pump (FP) 2 Relay J49
- Relay- and fuse holder in luggage compartment, right side, relay position 3
- > «Relay and fuse holder, in luggage compartment, right side»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
F - Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299
- 3-pin relay carrier in E-box plenum chamber, relay position 3
- > «Relay carrier in E-box, plenum chamber»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
G - Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271
- 4-pin relay carrier in E-box plenum chamber, relay position 3
- > «Relay carrier in E-box, plenum chamber»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
H - Starter relay 1
- > «Relay carrier in front passengers footwell»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__relay-carrier-in-front-passengers-footwell)
I - Starter relay 2
- > «Relay carrier in front passengers footwell»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__relay-carrier-in-front-passengers-footwell)
J - 3-pin harness connector for Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28
- > «Connector strip (bolted to underside of transmission)»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
K - 4-pin harness connector for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19 before catalytic converter
- Bank 1
- > «Connector assignment»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__connector-assignment)
L - 4-pin harness connector for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28 before catalytic converter
- Bank 2
- > «Connector assignment»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__connector-assignment)
M- 4-pin harness connector for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater 1 Z29 behind catalytic converter
- Bank 1
- > «Connector strip (bolted to underside of transmission)»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
N - 4-pin harness connector for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater 2 Z30 behind catalytic converter
- Bank 2
- > «Connector strip (bolted to underside of transmission)»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
Scheme 794
1 - Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80
- > «Connector assignment»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__connector-assignment)
2 - Engine Control Module (ECM) J623
- In plenum chamber
- > «E-box in plenum chamber»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
3 - Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 with Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42
4 - Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205
5 - Throttle Valve Control Module J338
- With Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G186 , Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G187 , and Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G188
6 - Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112
- > «Secondary Air Injection (AIR) solenoid valve»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
7 - Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163
- Cylinder bank 2
8 - Fuel pressure regulator
9 - Ignition coils with power output stages
- Cylinder bank 2
10 - Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208
11 - 3-pin harness connector
- For Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61
- For Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66
- > «Connector for knock sensors»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
12 - Vacuum diaphragms for intake manifold change-over
13 - Intake Air Switch-over valve N335
- Activation for flap in air filter
14 - Intake Manifold Change-Over Valve N156
- Activation for both vacuum diaphragms
15 - Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40
- Cylinder bank 1
16 - Ignition coils with power output stages
- Cylinder bank 1
17 - Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101
- Below right longmember
- > «Secondary Air Injection (AIR) pump (below right longmember)»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
Relay carrier in front passengers footwell
2 - Starter relay 1
3 - Starter relay 2
4 - Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17
Scheme 795
3 - Fuel Pump (FP) 2 Relay J49
Scheme 796
- Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 , relay position 1
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 , relay position 3
- Fuse for secondary air pump S130
Exhaust Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) lights up when exhaust relevant malfunctions are recognized by the Engine Control Module (ECM).
Component location of exhaust MIL
Note. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) can blink or remain lit continuously. DTC memory should be checked in any case.
MIL blinking
- There is a malfunction that causes damage to the catalytic converter in this driving condition. In this case, drive must only be performed at reduced power (until the MIL goes out or remains constantly lit) and malfunction must be eliminated as quickly as possible!
MIL continuously lit
- There is a malfunction that causes increased emissions. Check DTC memory for Engine Control Module (ECM) and automatic transmission.
- If there are driveability problems or customer complaints and the MIL is not lit, DTC memory must be checked after function test of exhaust MIL, since malfunctions can also be stored without causing the MIL to light immediately.
Scheme 797
"EPC" is an abbreviation and stands for Electronic Power Control.
Installation location of EPC warning lamp
With ignition on, Engine Control Module (ECM) activates the EPC warning lamp.
After engine start, ECM tests all components important for the function of the EPC system.
During the test of these components, the EPC lamp is lit for approx. 3 seconds. If a malfunction is recognized during the test, the lamp will remain constantly lit.
If malfunctions are recognized in the E-Gas system during operation of the engine, the ECM switches on the EPC warning lamp in instrument cluster. An entry is made in DTC memory at the same time.
Connector assignment
- Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80
- 4-pin harness connector for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28 before catalytic converter, bank 2
- 4-pin harness connector for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19 before catalytic converter, bank 1
Scheme 798
- Engine Control Module (ECM) J623
Scheme 799
- 3-pin harness connector for Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28
- 4-pin harness connector for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater 1 Z29 behind catalytic converter, bank 1
- 4-pin harness connector for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater 2 Z30 behind catalytic converter, bank 2
Scheme 800
- 3-pin harness connector for Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 , cylinder bank 1
- 3-pin harness connector for Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 , cylinder bank 2
Scheme 801
1 - Intake Manifold Change-Over Valve N156
- Activation for both vacuum diaphragms
2 - Intake manifold change-over valve vacuum diaphragm
3 - Intake Air Switch-over valve N335
- Activation for flap in air filter
a - T-connector for vacuum supply from intake manifold change-over valve
b - Vacuum supply from intake manifold
c - Vacuum line to low pressure reservoir (vacuum reservoir)
d - T-connector for vacuum supply from Intake Air Switch-over valve N335 and low pressure reservoir
e - T-connector for vacuum supply from Intake Manifold Change-Over Valve N156
f - Vacuum line to flap in air filter
Scheme 802
- Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112
Scheme 803
- Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101
Fuel Pressure Regulator and Residual Pressure with Return Line, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
Scheme 804
- Fuel Injector Pressure gauge VAG1318
- Adapter VAG1318/7 and VAG1318/15
Test Prerequisites
- Fuel Pump (FP) Relay OK.
- Fuel Pump (FP) OK.
- Fuel filter OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission: Selector lever in P or N.
- The parking brake button must be engaged in order to connect the electrical parking brake.
Note. Fuel pressure regulator regulates fuel pressure according to intake manifold pressure.
| CAUTION | Fuel system is under pressure! Before loosening hose connections or opening the test connection (for fuel pressure measurement), place rags around the connection point. Then release pressure by carefully loosening connection. |
- Open fuel filler flap briefly (pressure release).
- Cover the threaded connection, which is under fuel pressure, using a cleaning cloth.
Scheme 805
- Open threaded connection (- arrow -) and catch exiting fuel using a rag.
Scheme 806
- Install pressure gauge VAG1318 between supply line and fuel rail pipe using adapters VAG1318/15 (6), VAG1318/7.
- Open shut-off valve of pressure gauge. The lever points in the direction of flow.
- Start engine and let run at idle.
- Measure fuel pressure.
Specified value: approx. 3.5 bar positive pressure.
Scheme 807
- Disconnect vacuum hose (- arrow -) from fuel pressure regulator.
Note. If fuel should escape at the vacuum connection of the pressure regulator during the following pressure test, replace pressure regulator.
Fuel pressure must rise to approx. 4.0 bar positive pressure.
If specified value is not obtained.
- As a test, replace pressure regulator and repeat pressure test.
- If the specified value is not reached again, check Fuel Pump (FP) or supply line for damage (e.g. pinched areas) and replace if necessary.
If specified value is obtained
- Re-connect vacuum hose.
- Switch ignition off.
- Check for proper seal and residual pressure via pressure drop on pressure gauge.
After 10 minutes, there must be at least 3 bar positive pressure.
If residual pressure sinks below 3.0 bar positive pressure
- Start engine and let run at idle.
Scheme 808
- Wait until pressure has built up, and then switch off ignition. Simultaneously close shut-off valve of pressure gauge VAG1318 (lever perpendicular to direction of flow).
- Observe pressure drop on pressure gauge.
The following malfunctions are possible if the pressure drops again
- Threaded connections of pressure gauge behind stopcock is not properly sealed.
- Fuel pressure regulator faulty
- Fuel injectors not properly sealed
The following malfunction are possible if the pressure does not drop
- There is a leak in the threaded connection between the pressure gauge and the fuel supply line
- There is a leak at the supply line at fuel tank.
- Check-valve in fuel pump leaks
| CAUTION | Before removing pressure gauge, relieve fuel pressure through shut-off valve opening. Hold a container under the connection. |
- After completing work, check fuel system for leaks --> «Fuel System, Checking for Leaks»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-system-checking-for-leaks) .
- Check DTC Memory.
- Read out readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Fuel Pressure Regulator and Residual Pressure without Return Line, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
Scheme 809
- Hose clamps 3094
- Fuel Inj. Pressure gauge VAG1318
- Adapter VAG1598/26
Test Conditions
- Fuel Pump (FP) Relay OK.
- Fuel Pump (FP) OK.
- Fuel filter OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 V
- Vehicles with automatic transmission: Selector lever in P or N
- The parking brake button must be engaged in order to connect the electrical parking brake.
Test Sequence
| CAUTION | Fuel system is under pressure. Before loosening hose connections or opening the test connection (for fuel pressure testing), place rags around the connection area. Then release pressure by carefully loosening the connection. |
- Briefly open fuel filler cap (pressure release).
Scheme 810
- Pull rear engine compartment cover - 1 - up and off.
- Cover threaded connections that hold fuel pressure with a shop rag.
Scheme 811
- Open fuel line threaded connection - arrow - and catch escaping fuel using a shop rag.
- Install fuel injection pressure gauge VAG1318 with adapters between fuel supply line and fuel rail.
Note. The shut-off valve of the fuel injection pressure gauge VAG1318 must be installed on the fuel supply line side!
- Open fuel pressure shut-off valve. Lever points in flow direction.
- Start engine and run at idle speed.
- Measure fuel pressure.
- Specification: approx. 4.0 bar positive pressure.
- Switch off ignition.
- Check proper seal and residual pressure with pressure drop on pressure gauge.
After 10 minutes there must be a residual pressure of at least 2.5 bar.
The residual pressure drops below 2.5
- Start engine and run at idle speed.
- Wait until pressure has risen, and then switch ignition off. Simultaneously close shut-off valve of fuel injection pressure gauge VAG1318 (lever perpendicular to direction of flow).
- Watch pressure drop on gauge.
The following malfunctions are possible if pressure does not drop
- Pressure gauge leaks
- Fuel injectors or line connectors leak
If pressure drops again
- Check fuel pressure regulator.
Fuel Pressure Regulator, Checking
- Remove luggage compartment floor liner.
- Remove right locking flange cover - arrows -.
- Remove fuel return line - 1 -. To do this, press release button.
Scheme 812
- Position adapter VAG1318/26 - 2 - on return line - 1 -.
- Clamp adapter VAG1318/26 with hose clamp 3094.
Note. Hose clamps must not be placed directly on fuel line, otherwise it may be damaged.
- Start engine and run at idle speed.
- Wait until pressure has risen, and then switch off ignition. Simultaneously close shut-off valve of fuel injection pressure gauge VAG1318 (lever perpendicular to direction of flow).
- Watch pressure drop on gauge.
If pressure falls again, fuel pump return valve leaks.
- Replace fuel pump --> «Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__left-fuel-delivery-unit-with-transfer) .
If pressure does not drop
- Replace fuel filter with integrated fuel pressure regulator --> «Fuel Filter without Return Line, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-filter-without-return-line-removing) .
Assembly is reverse of removal, but note the following
| CAUTION | Before removing pressure gauge, relieve fuel pressure through shut-off valve opening. Hold a container under the connection. |
Note. Starting the engine can take up to 15 seconds the first time.
- Check fuel system for leaks --> «Fuel System, Checking for Leaks»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-system-checking-for-leaks) .
- Check DTC Memory.
- Read out readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Fuel Injection Quantity, Checking for Leaks and Spray Pattern
Test Requirement
- Fuel pressure OK.
Fuel Rail Pipe, Removing
- Remove engine compartment cover.
- Disconnect vacuum hose from fuel pressure regulator.
- Disconnect connector from fuel injectors, remove cable ties if necessary.
- Remove fuel rail from intake manifold and pull off from intake manifold with fuel injectors upward.
Scheme 813
- Insert fuel injector to be tested in a measuring glass from injection quantity test device VAG1602.
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 at wiring harness to Engine Control Module (ECM), do not connect ECM --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Bridge terminals 1 and 65 at test box using adapter cables from connector test kit VAG1594A (this step supplies Ground (GND) to one side of relay coil of Fuel Pump (FP) relay).
- Switch ignition on.
Note. After switching ignition on, Fuel Pump (FP) will run continuously, even with engine not running. This is true because: Fuel Pump (FP) relay is supplied with B+ via central electronics after ignition is switched on. Fuel Pump (FP) relay receives Ground (GND) via the cable bridge in test box.
- Check proper seal of fuel injectors (visual inspection). With Fuel Pump (FP) running, only 1 to 2 drops per minute may drip out per injector.
- If fuel loss is greater, stop Fuel Pump (FP) from running (switch ignition off) and replace faulty fuel injector.
Injection Quantity, Checking
- Insert fuel injector to be tested in a measuring glass from injection quantity test device VAG1602.
Scheme 814
- Connect one terminal of fuel injector to engine Ground (GND) using an adapter cable and an alligator clip from connector test kit VAG1594A.
- Connect the second terminal of fuel injector to B+ using remote control VAG1348/3A , adapter cable VAG1348/3-2 and assisting cable.
- Bridge terminals 1 and 65 at test box using wires from adapter test kit VAG1594A.
- Switch ignition on.
- Fuel Pump (FP) must run.
- Operate remote control VAG1348/3A for 30 seconds.
- Perform measurement on all fuel injectors.
- After all four fuel injectors (bank 1/bank 2) have been activated, place measuring glasses on an even surface.
Specified value for each fuel injector: 105 to 125 ml
If specified value is not reached at all fuel injectors.
- Check fuel pressure
- Vehicles with return line --> «Fuel Pressure Regulator and Residual Pressure with Return Line, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-pressure-regulator-and-residual-pressure)
- Vehicles with fuel system without return flow --> «Fuel Pressure Regulator and Residual Pressure without Return Line, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-pressure-regulator-and-residual-pressure)
If specified value is not reached at one fuel injector.
- Replace respective fuel injector.
Note. Also check spray pattern when checking injection quantity. Spray pattern must be the same for all injectors
Installation of fuel rail with fuel injectors is the same in reverse order. Observe the following points when installing
- Replace O-rings at all opened connections. (Never remove plastic cap from valve head to replace front O-ring - lift O-ring off over plastic cap).
- Lightly lubricate O-rings with clean engine oil.
- Check clip for unobstructed fitting.
- Tighten fuel rail to intake manifold to 10 Nm.
Fuel Injectors, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter VAG1526 or Multimeter VAG1715
- Voltage test lamp VAG1527
- Connector test kit VAG1594
- Wiring diagram
Electrical Test
- Disconnect connector at the fuel injector to be tested.
Scheme 815
- Perform a resistance measurement between fuel injector terminals using a portable multimeter VAG1526.
Specified value: 12 to 20 ohms
If specified value is not obtained, replace respective fuel injector.
- Disconnect connector at the fuel injector to be tested.
- Connect voltage test lamp VAG1527 between terminal 1 of connector and engine Ground (GND).
- Switch ignition on
Voltage test lamp must light up.
- If voltage test lamp does not light up, check wire connection from terminal 1 via fuse for fuel injectors (fuse assignment in fuse holder in instrument panel, right side) to Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 for open circuit. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If voltage test lamp lights up, check activation of fuel injectors.
Activation, Checking
- Disconnect connector at the fuel injector to be tested.
- Using cables from connector test kit VAG1594 , connect voltage test lamp VAG1527 between terminals 1 and 2.
- Operate starter and test activation of fuel injector.
Voltage test lamp must blink respectively.
- If voltage test lamp does not light up, connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness for Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check wire connection between terminal 2 of connector from respective fuel injector and Engine Control Module (ECM) for continuity or short circuit to B+
| Terminal 2 on connector of fuel injector | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector N30 | 96 |
| Cylinder 2 Fuel Injector N31 | 19 |
| Cylinder 3 Fuel Injector N32 | 113 |
| Cylinder 4 Fuel Injector N33 | 88 |
| Cylinder 5 Fuel Injector N83 | 97 |
| Cylinder 6 Fuel Injector N84 | 112 |
| Cylinder 7 Fuel Injector N85 | 24 |
| Cylinder 8 Fuel Injector N86 | 89 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary.
- If voltage supply and activation are OK, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) and generate readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Checking with Engine Leak Detection Spray
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Engine leak detection spray G 001 800 A1
Test Prerequisite
- Coolant temperature must be at least 80 C --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 5, Coolant temperature.
Test Sequence
Note. Vacuum in the intake system sucks in the leak detection spray with false air. Leak detection spray decreases ignition quality of the fuel mixture. This causes a drop in engine speed and changes the value produced by the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S). It is absolutely necessary to follow the safety precautions listed on the can.
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Start engine and let run at idle.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 1: Checking measured values."
Note. Bank 1 = cylinder bank 1 in direction of travel, right. Bank 2 = cylinder bank 2 in direction of travel, left.
- Select the following measuring values
| PID | Diagnostic text | Specified value | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 06 | Short time gasoline-air ratio bank 1 | Tester display | ||||
| 08 | Short time gasoline-air ratio bank 2 | Tester display | ||||
| 12 | Engine rotations per minute (RPM) | 640 to 720/min. | ||||
- Systematically spray the components of the intake system with engine leak detection spray.
If engine speed decreases or the short-term gasoline-air ratio changes
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
- Check sprayed portion of intake system for leaks and repair malfunction.
- Check DTC Memory.
- Read out readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Fuel Pump Relay, Checking
Note. Fuel Pump (FP) relay is located in relay- and fuse holder, relay position 4 in front right footwell.
- Remove Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 from relay position 4.
- Switch ignition on.
- Connect portable multimeter VAG1526 in sequence between terminals 3 (B+, terminal 15) and 2 (Ground GND) as well as 1 (B+, terminal 30) and 2 (Ground (GND)) of relay socket.
Specified value: approx. battery voltage respectively.
- If no battery voltage is displayed, measure plus terminals to vehicle Ground (GND) as a test.
- If there is still no battery voltage, check plus wires (terminal 15/terminal 30) for open circuit. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If battery voltage is displayed when measuring to vehicle GND and not at terminal 2, check wire connection from terminal 2 via fuse (in relay- and fuse holder in instrument panel, right side) to Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G23. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Connect voltage test lamp VAG1527 between terminal 3 (B+, terminal 15) and 4 (Ground (GND) activation of Engine Control Module (ECM)).
- When switching on ignition, voltage test lamp must light up for approx. 1 second and then go out. When operating starter, voltage test lamp must light up constantly.
Note. Voltage test lamps with low current draw do not go out completely after 1 second, but rather light up weakly until starter is operated.
If voltage test lamp now lights up, replace Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17.
If voltage test lamp does not light up, check wire as follows
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Connect portable multimeter VAG1526 between terminal 4 of relay socket and socket 65 of test box and check wire connection for continuity.
- If specified value is not obtained, check wire connection for open circuit or short circuit. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If there is no open circuit and voltage test lamp does not light up, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) and generate readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating)
Fuel Pump 2 Relay, Checking
Note. Fuel Pump (FP) Relay 2 is located in relay- and fuse holder in luggage compartment, right side, relay position 3.
- Remove Fuel Pump (FP) 2 Relay J49 from relay position 3.
- Switch ignition on.
- Connect portable multimeter VAG1526 in sequence between terminals 3 (B+, terminal 15) and 2 (Ground -GND-) as well as 1 (B+, terminal 30) and 2 (Ground -GND-) of relay socket.
Specified value: approx. battery voltage respectively.
- If no battery voltage is displayed, measure plus terminals to vehicle Ground (GND) as a test.
- If there is still no battery voltage, check plus wires (terminal 15/terminal 30) for open circuit. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If battery voltage is displayed when measuring to vehicle GND and not at terminal 2, check wire connection from terminal 2 via fuse (in relay- and fuse holder in luggage compartment, right side) to Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G6. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Connect voltage test lamp VAG1527 between terminal 3 (B+, terminal 15) and 4 (Ground (GND)) activation of Engine Control Module (ECM)).
- When switching on ignition, voltage test lamp must light up for approx. 1 second and then go out. When operating starter, voltage test lamp must light up constantly.
Note. Voltage test lamps with low current draw do not go out completely after 1 second, but rather light up weakly until starter is operated.
If voltage test lamp now lights up, replace Fuel Pump (FP) 2 Relay J49.
If voltage test lamp does not light up, check wire as follows
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Connect portable multimeter VAG1526 between terminal 5 of relay socket and socket 45 of test box and check wire connection for continuity.
- If specified value is not obtained, check wire connection for open circuit or short circuit. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If there is no open circuit and voltage test lamp does not light up, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) and generate readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating)
Engine Control Module, Replacing
Note. To achieve optimal anti-theft protection for the vehicle, an anti-theft immobilizer was installed. The anti-theft immobilizer is a system for enabling/locking the Engine Control Module (ECM). So that this system cannot be circumvented, it is necessary to perform adaptation of the anti-theft immobilizer using the Vehicle Diagnostic and Information System VAS5051 or VAS5052 in the On Board Diagnostic (OBD) function. The great availability of equipment options makes adaptation of the Engine Control Module (ECM) necessary (e.g. cruise control system, coding). This "writing" function is not possible with the generic scan tool, therefore it is necessary to use the Vehicle Diagnostic and Information System VAS5051 or VAS5052 in On Board Diagnostic (OBD) function for this purpose.
- Procedure to replace Engine Control Module (ECM): --> «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-bfm)
- Generate readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Oxygen Sensor Control, Checking
Note. Oxygen sensor compares oxygen content of air with residual oxygen content in exhaust and delivers a voltage signal to the control module. Voltage signal "mixture rich" (little residual oxygen) is approx. 0.7 to 0.9 V. Voltage signal "mixture lean" (much residual oxygen) is approx. 0 to 0.2 V. Due to Ground (GND)-isolated oxygen sensor construction, negative voltages related to engine Ground (GND) are possible. At the transition from "rich" to "lean" and vice versa (Lambda = 1.0), voltage will jump from 0.7 to 0.9 V to 0 to 0.2 V or vice versa. Due to the steep voltage jump, oxygen sensor control cannot maintain the ideal mixture of Lambda = 1.0 constant. Oxygen sensor regulation constantly fluctuates back and forth between the conditions "slightly too lean" and "slightly too rich".
If voltage change does not occur or only occurs slowly, the following malfunctions could be present.
- Slits or holes in sensor head clogged.
- Sensor still too cold (cold start)
- Sensors suffered thermal overload.
- Contact resistance in signal wire or reference Ground (GND) wire.
- Sensor damaged by contact spray or similar substance (contact spray is drawn through the fine hollow spaces by thermal fluctuations and capillary action into the electrical wiring in sensor).
- Sensor damaged by silicon fumes: The use of sealants containing silicon leads to trace elements of silicon being drawn in by the engine. These silicon elements are not combusted and damage the oxygen sensor.
Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function
Note. When servicing terminals in harness connector of oxygen sensor, use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter VAG1526 or Multimeter VAG1715
- Connector test kit VAG1594
- Wiring diagram
Test Prerequisites
- The respective fuses of Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 and Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 must be OK: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Battery voltage must be at least 11.5 volts.
- Oxygen sensor heaters for oxygen sensors before catalytic converter must be OK (no DTC entry).
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster must be switched off.
- Parking brake must be engaged or else daylight driving lights will be switched on.
- If vehicle is equipped with an A/C system, it must be switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine and chassis must be OK.
- Exhaust system must be properly sealed between catalytic converter and cylinder head.
Function Test
- Coolant temperature must be at least 80 C --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 5, Coolant temperature.
- Select the following output of oxygen sensor signals and check whether the specified values are being reached --> «Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Oxygen Sensor Monitoring Test Results»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-05-read-oxygen) .
- Check specified values of the output of oxygen sensor signals at idle
*) V = Voltage in Volts (oxygen sensor signal)
**) t = Time in seconds
| Test-ID | Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Min. | Max. | ||||||||
| 07 | Minimum voltage at sensor for test cycle | ||||||||
| Bank 1 sensor 1 Bank 2 sensor 1 | Display on tester | ||||||||
| 08 | Maximum voltage at sensor for test cycle | ||||||||
| Bank 1 sensor 1 Bank 2 sensor 1 | Display on tester | ||||||||
| 09 | Time period between sensor shift procedures | ||||||||
| Bank 1 sensor 1 Bank 2 sensor 1 | Display on tester | ||||||||
Note. Cylinder bank 1 = in driving direction, right Cylinder bank 2 = in driving direction, left
If specified values are obtained
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If specified values are not obtained
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
- Check signal wire and activation of oxygen sensor before catalytic converter --> «Oxygen Sensors before Catalytic Converter, Checking Signal Wire and Activation»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__oxygen-sensors-before-catalytic-converter-checking) .
Oxygen Sensors before Catalytic Converter, Checking Signal Wire and Activation
Component location --> Component Location Overview .
Note. Oxygen sensor signals are monitored via On Board Diagnostic (OBD).
- Check DTC memory. If an oxygen sensor malfunction is displayed.
- Disconnect respective harness connector for oxygen sensor.
2 - 4-pin harness connector for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28 before catalytic converter, bank 2
3 - 4-pin harness connector for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19 before catalytic converter, bank 1
Scheme 816
- Perform voltage measurement between terminals 1 (signal wire) and 5 (sensor Ground -GND-) of connector at wiring harness using portable multimeter VAG1526 (measurement range 2 V).
- Switch ignition on.
Specified value: 450 50 mV
- Switch ignition off.
If specified value is not obtained, check wire connections.
If specified value is reached, replace respective Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39/Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108.
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check the following wire connections for open circuit, short circuit to B+ or Ground (GND).
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 before catalytic converter bank 1
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 1 | 70 |
| 2 | 71 |
| 5 | 51 |
| 6 | 52 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Check wire connections to each other for short circuit.
- If wire connection is OK, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) and generate readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 before catalytic converter bank 1
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 1 | 13 |
| 2 | 14 |
| 5 | 12 |
| 6 | 15 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Check wire connections to each other for short circuit.
- If wire connection is OK, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) and generate readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Heater for Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking
Note. Oxygen sensor signals are monitored via On Board Diagnostic (OBD).
- Check DTC memory. If an oxygen sensor malfunction relating to heating circuit is displayed.
- Disconnect respective harness connector for oxygen sensor.
2 - 4-pin harness connector for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28 before catalytic converter, bank 2
3 - 4-pin harness connector for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19 before catalytic converter, bank 1
Test Prerequisites
- The respective fuses of Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 and Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 must be OK: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Coolant temperature must be at least 80 C --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 5, Coolant temperature.
Scheme 817
- Perform continuity test (resistance measurement) between terminals 3 and 4 of respective sensor connector using portable multimeter VAG1526.
Specified value at room temperature: 2.5 to 4 ohms
Note. At higher temperatures, resistance climbs sharply.
If specified value is not reached, replace respective Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39/Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108.
If specified value is obtained, check voltage supply.
- The respective fuses of Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 and Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 must be OK: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Connect voltage test lamp VAG1527 between terminal 3 of respective oxygen sensor connector and engine Ground (GND).
- Operate starter briefly. (Do not let engine run longer than 2 minutes, because of malfunction entry)
Voltage test lamp must light up.
- If voltage test lamp does not light up, check wire connection from terminal 3 of the respective oxygen sensor connector via fuse to Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 for open circuit or short circuit. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If fuses and wire connection are OK, but voltage test lamp does not light up anyway, check Fuel Pump (FP) relay --> «Fuel Pump Relay, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-pump-relay-checking) .
- If voltage supply is OK, check wire connections.
- Check the following wire connections using portable multimeter VAG1526.
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 before catalytic converter bank 1, with Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Measure to B+ |
|---|---|
| 4 (Ground (GND) activation of Engine Control Module -ECM-) | B+ |
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 before catalytic converter bank 2, with Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Measure to B+ |
|---|---|
| 4 (Ground (GND) activation of Engine Control Module -ECM-) | B+ |
- Operate starter briefly. (Do not let engine run longer than 2 minutes, because of malfunction entry)
Specified value: approx. battery voltage
- Switch ignition off.
If specified value is not obtained, check wire connection.
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check the following wire connections for open circuit.
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 4 | 5 |
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 4 | 5 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If wire connection is OK but there is no Ground (GND) activation present for oxygen sensor heater, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) and generate readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Checking Function
Note. When servicing terminals in harness connector of oxygen sensor, use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter VAG1526 or Multimeter VAG1715
- Connector test kit VAG1594
- Wiring diagram
Test Prerequisites
- The respective fuses of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 must be OK: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Battery voltage must be at least 12.5 volts.
- Oxygen sensor heaters for oxygen sensors behind catalytic converter must be OK (no DTC entry).
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster must be switched off.
- Parking brake must be engaged or else daylight driving lights will be switched on.
- If vehicle is equipped with an A/C system, it must be switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine and chassis must be OK.
- Exhaust system must be properly sealed between catalytic converter and cylinder head.
Function Test
- Coolant temperature must be at least 80 C --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 5, Coolant temperature.
- Select the following output of oxygen sensor signals and check whether the specified values are being reached --> «Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Oxygen Sensor Monitoring Test Results»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-05-read-oxygen) .
- Check specified values of the output of oxygen sensor signals at idle
*) V = Voltage in Volts (oxygen sensor signal)
**) t = Time in seconds
| Test-ID | Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Min. | Max. | ||||||||
| 07 | Minimum voltage at sensor for test cycle | ||||||||
| Bank 1 sensor 2 Bank 2 sensor 2 | Display on tester | ||||||||
| 08 | Maximum voltage at sensor for test cycle | ||||||||
| Bank 1 sensor 2 Bank 2 sensor 2 | Display on tester | ||||||||
Continuation for All Vehicles
Note. Cylinder bank 1 = in driving direction, right Cylinder bank 2 = in driving direction, left
If specified values are obtained
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If specified values are not obtained
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
- Check signal wire and activation of oxygen sensor behind catalytic converter --> «Oxygen Sensors after Catalytic Converter, Checking Signal Wire and Activation»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__oxygen-sensors-after-catalytic-converter-checking) .
Oxygen Sensors after Catalytic Converter, Checking Signal Wire and Activation
Component location --> Heater for Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking .
Note. Oxygen sensor signals are monitored via On Board Diagnostic (OBD).
- Check DTC memory. If an oxygen sensor malfunction is displayed.
- Disconnect respective harness connector for oxygen sensor (connector strip bolted to underside of transmission).
2 - 4-pin harness connector for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater 1 Z29 behind catalytic converter, bank 1
3 - 4-pin harness connector for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater 2 Z30 behind catalytic converter, bank 2
- Perform voltage measurement between terminals 3 and 4 of connector at wiring harness using portable multimeter VAG1526 (measurement range 2 V).
- Switch ignition on.
Specified value: 450 50 mV behind catalytic converter.
- Switch ignition off.
If specified value is not obtained, check wire connections.
If specified value is reached, replace respective Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130/Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131.
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check the following wire connections for open circuit, short circuit to B+ or Ground (GND).
Note. Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 bank 1 Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 bank 2
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 3 (Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130) | 68 |
| 4 (Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130) | 69 |
| 3 (Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131) | 10 |
| 4 (Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131) | 11 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Check wire connections to each other for short circuit.
- If wire connection is OK, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) and generate readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Heater for Oxygen Sensors after Catalytic Converter, Checking
Component location --> Heater for Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking .
Oxygen sensor signals are monitored via On Board Diagnostic (OBD).
- Check DTC memory. If an oxygen sensor malfunction relating to heating circuit is displayed.
- Disconnect respective harness connector for oxygen sensor (connector strip bolted to underside of transmission).
2 - 4-pin harness connector for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater 1 Z29 behind catalytic converter, bank 1
3 - 4-pin harness connector for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater 2 Z30 behind catalytic converter, bank 2
Scheme 818
- Perform continuity test (resistance measurement) between terminals 1 and 2 of respective sensor connector using portable multimeter VAG1526.
Specified value at room temperature: 1 to 20 ohms
Note. At higher temperatures, resistance climbs sharply.
If specified value is not reached, replace respective Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130/Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131.
If the specified value is obtained, check voltage supply of oxygen sensor.
- The respective fuses of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 must be OK: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
Note. At certain operating points, the ECM "pulses" the Ground (GND) for oxygen sensor heating. This means that the Ground (GND) is constantly switched on and off at these operating points. It is therefore possible that the voltage displayed on the portable multimeter VAG1526 will fluctuate.
- Connect portable multimeter VAG1526 between terminal 1 (B+) and terminal 2 Ground (GND) of respective oxygen sensor connector.
- Operate starter briefly. (Do not let engine run longer than 2 minutes, because of malfunction entry)
Specified value: approx. battery voltage
If specified value is not obtained.
- Connect portable multimeter VAG1526 between terminal 1 (B+) of respective oxygen sensor connector and engine Ground (GND).
- Operate starter briefly. (Do not let engine run longer than 2 minutes, because of malfunction entry)
Specified value: approx. battery voltage
If specified value is again not obtained.
- Check wire connection from terminal 1 of the respective oxygen sensor connector via fuse to Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 for open circuit or short circuit. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If voltage supply is OK, check wire connection.
Ground Wire Connections, Checking
- Check respective wire connection.
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , bank 1, with Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater 1 Z29.
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Measure to B+ |
|---|---|
| 2 (Ground (GND) activation of Engine Control Module -ECM-) | B+ |
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 , bank 2, with Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater 2 Z30.
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Measure to B+ |
|---|---|
| 2 (Ground (GND) activation of Engine Control Module -ECM-) | B+ |
- Operate starter briefly. (Do not let engine run longer than 2 minutes, because of malfunction entry)
Specified value: approx. battery voltage
- Switch ignition off.
If specified value is not obtained, check wire connection.
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check the following wire connections for open circuit.
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 2 | 63 |
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 2 | 6 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If wire connection is OK but there is no Ground (GND) activation present for oxygen sensor heater, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) and generate readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Three Way Catalytic Converters, Checking
Function
This diagnostic mode displays the test results of emission relevant components and systems which are not continuously monitored.
The values of the test results must reach the specified value or must be within the min.- and max.- limits.
| Test-ID | Components | Test | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01 | Catalytic converter monitoring | |||
Test Prerequisite
- Coolant temperature must be at least 80 C --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 5, Coolant temperature.
Procedure
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Perform a 15 minute road test in the highest gear or in the highest driving mode on a level driving surface.
The following operating conditions must be met during this road test
- Engine speed approx. 1800 to 2200 RPM --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 12, engine rotations per minute (RPM)
- Vehicle speed constant 90 km/h --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 13, Vehicle speed
Observe the safety precautions that apply to road tests --> Safety Precautions .
- Let engine run at idle.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".
- Select the "Test-ID 01: Catalytic converter" off.
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID 01 | Catalytic converter | Specified value | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Min. | Max. | ||||||||
| Aging value Bank 1 Vehicles with manual transmission Vehicles with automatic transmission | Tester display | ||||||||
| Aging value Bank 2 Vehicles with manual transmission Vehicles with automatic transmission | Tester display | ||||||||
Note. Bank 1 = Cylinder bank 1, in direction of travel, right Bank 2 = Cylinder bank 2, in direction of travel, left
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified values are exceeded
- Replace the respective exhaust pipe with catalytic converter --> «Exhaust System Components, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__exhaust-system-components-removing-and-installing) .
Heated Oxygen Sensors before Catalytic Converter, Removing and Installing
Removing, Bank 1 and 2
- Remove engine covers - 1 - and - 2 -.
Scheme 819
- Remove clips - 1 -.
- Remove bolts - 2 - and remove cover.
Note. Note clamps (- arrows -) when installing.
Scheme 820
- Remove left cover, unscrew bolt - 1 - and remove expanding rivet - 2 - to do so.
Note. Note clamps (- arrows -) when installing.
Scheme 821
- Remove intake air hose between air filter and throttle valve control module.
Scheme 822
- Disconnect fuel supply line - 1 - and, if present, fuel return line - 2 -.
- If present, remove vacuum hose - arrow - from fuel pressure regulator.
Scheme 823
- Disconnect vacuum diaphragm - 1 - and hose - 2 - from throttle valve control module.
- Pull connector off Secondary Air Injection (AIR) solenoid valve and throttle valve control module.
Scheme 824
- Remove bracket from Secondary Air Injection (AIR) solenoid valve.
Scheme 825
- Remove connecting hose of crankcase ventilation.
Scheme 826
- Disconnect vacuum supply - b - for intake manifold switch-over at intake manifold.
- Disconnect vacuum supply - c - and -f-.
- Disconnect connector - 1 - from intake manifold change-over valve.
- Disconnect connector - 3 - from Intake Air Switch-over valve.
- Disconnect connector from Hall sensor (bank 1) and from camshaft adjustment valve (bank 2). Component location, --> «Component Location Overview»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__component-location-overview) .
- Disconnect all 8-pin connectors from fuel injectors.
- Set both connector strips to the side.
- Remove all socket head cap screws from intake manifold.
- Carefully pull intake manifold up and out. Water connection on throttle valve control module remains connected.
- Set intake manifold to the side, paying attention to the water connection.
Note. Plug intake channels in the cylinder heads with clean rags.
- Disconnect respective oxygen sensor connector.
2 - 4-pin harness connector for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28 before catalytic converter, bank 2
3 - 4-pin harness connector for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19 before catalytic converter, bank 1
- Open all cable ties in order to expose wires.
Scheme 827
- Remove respective oxygen sensor using special tool 3337 (illustration shows oxygen sensor 1, bank 2).
Installing
Note. Cable of respective oxygen sensor must always be secured in the same position when installing so that contact with the exhaust pipe is avoided. Oxygen sensor threads are coated with an assembly paste. This paste must not contact sensor openings. Tightening torque: 55 Nm
Installation of intake manifold is the reverse of removal, noting the following.
Note. Replace gaskets All cable ties opened or cut during engine removal must be reinstalled at the same locations during installation. Secure all hose connections again using original hose clamps .
Scheme 828
- Replace seals for intake manifold, unscrew alignment bolts - 1 - to do so.
- Note positioning pin - 2 - when installing intake manifold.
- Bolt on intake manifold in diagonal sequence in stages (- arrows -).
Tightening torque of intake manifold: 10 Nm
Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Bank 1, Removing and Installing
Removing, Bank 1
- Disconnect harness connector for oxygen sensor 2, bank 1, behind catalytic converter.
2 - 4-pin harness connector for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater 1 Z29 behind catalytic converter, bank 1
3 - 4-pin harness connector for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater 2 Z30 behind catalytic converter, bank 2
To remove oxygen sensor 2, bank 1, transmission must be lowered at rear in order to open cable routing of the oxygen sensor.
Lowering the transmission for automatic transmission is described under
- Transmission support and transmission mount, removing and installing --> «37 - CONTROLS, HOUSING»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/automatic-trans/#6-speed-automatic-transmission-09e-awd) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09E ALL WHEEL DRIVE or «37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING»(ref-289215-S16746576102008062700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE
Remove oxygen sensor after lowering transmission
- Open all cable ties on transmission for wire connection of oxygen sensor 2, bank 1.
Scheme 829
- Remove oxygen sensor using special tool 3337.
Installing
Installation of oxygen sensor is the reverse of removal, noting the following.
Note. Cable of oxygen sensor must always be secured in the same position when installing so that contact with the exhaust pipe is avoided. Oxygen sensor threads are coated with an assembly paste. This paste must not contact sensor openings. Tightening torque of oxygen sensor: 55 Nm. Tightening torques for installing automatic transmission is found --> 37 - CONTROLS, HOUSING for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09E ALL WHEEL DRIVE or 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE
Oxygen Sensor 2 after Catalytic Converter, Bank 2, Removing and Installing
Removing, Bank 2
- Disconnect harness connector for oxygen sensor 2, bank 2, behind catalytic converter.
2 - 4-pin harness connector for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater 1 Z29 behind catalytic converter, bank 1
3 - 4-pin harness connector for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 and Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater 2 Z30 behind catalytic converter, bank 2
- Open all cable ties on transmission for wire connection of oxygen sensor 2, bank 2.
Scheme 830
- Remove oxygen sensor (- arrow -) using special tool 3337.
Installing
Installation of oxygen sensor is the reverse of removal, noting the following.
Scheme 831
Note. Cable of oxygen sensor must always be secured in the same position when installing so that contact with the exhaust pipe is avoided. Oxygen sensor threads are coated with an assembly paste. This paste must not contact sensor openings. Tightening torque: 55 Nm
Intake Manifold Change-Over, Checking
Note. The intake manifold switches from the long intake path to the short one at approx. 5400 RPM.
Intake Manifold Change-Over, Checking Function
Note. The following test should only be performed if there is a performance deficiency.
- Increase engine speed to noticeably above 5400 RPM.
Specified value: Vacuum diaphragm for the intake manifold changeover must activate.
If vacuum diaphragm does not activate
- Check vacuum lines for proper connection, sealing and continuity, overview --> «Overview: Intake manifold change-over»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__overview-intake-manifold-change-over) .
- Check whether the change-over mechanism moves easily. (Operate change-over linkage by hand as a test).
- Check-valve (black/white) leaky, clogged or incorrectly installed.
- Intake Manifold Change-Over Valve faulty (does not switch through or clogged).
- Check Intake Manifold Change-Over Valve N156 --> «Intake Manifold Change-Over Valve, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__intake-manifold-change-over-valve-checking) .
- Check vacuum system for proper seal --> «Vacuum System, Checking for Leaks»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
Overview: Intake manifold change-over
1 - Intake Manifold Change-Over Valve N156
- Activation for both vacuum diaphragms
2 - Vacuum diaphragms for intake manifold change-over
3 - Intake Air Switch-over valve N335
- Activation for flap in air filter
a - T-connector for vacuum supply from intake manifold change-over valve
b - Vacuum supply from intake manifold
c - Vacuum line to low pressure reservoir (vacuum reservoir)
d - T-connector for vacuum supply from Intake Air Switch-over valve N335 and low pressure reservoir
e - T-connector for vacuum supply from Intake Manifold Change-Over Valve N156
f - Vacuum line to flap in air filter
Intake Manifold Change-Over Valve, Checking
Overview: Intake manifold change-over --> Overview: Intake manifold change-over
- Disconnect connector from Intake Manifold Change-Over Valve N156.
Scheme 832
- Perform a resistance measurement between the valve terminals using portable multimeter VAG1526.
Specified value: 25 to 35 ohms
If specified value is not obtained.
- Replace Intake Manifold Change-Over Valve N156.
If specified value is obtained.
- Check voltage supply.
- Connect voltage test lamp VAG1527 between connector terminal 2 and engine Ground (GND) using adapter cables from connector test kit VAG1594.
- Switch ignition on.
LED must light up.
- LED does not light up.
- Check fuse for intake manifold change-over valve (relay- and fuse holder in instrument panel, right side).
If fuse is OK.
- Check wire connection from terminal 2 of connector for intake manifold change-over valve via fuse to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 (relay carrier in E-box in plenum chamber) for open circuit/short circuit. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If voltage supply is OK, check wire connection.
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check the following wire connection for open circuit/short circuit
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 1 | 121 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If wire connection is OK, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) and generate readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
- Check intake manifold once again for function --> «Intake Manifold Change-Over, Checking Function»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__intake-manifold-change-over-checking-function) .
Hose Setup, Checking
- Disconnect vacuum line at intake manifold.
Scheme 833
- Connect hand vacuum pump VAG1390 to disconnected vacuum line.
- Operate hand vacuum pump at least 50 times (Vacuum build-up must be noticeable when operating).
- Disconnect hose from hand vacuum pump.
During this, vacuum must be released only between hand vacuum pump and check-valve.
- If further vacuum is audibly released, check-valve is leaky (replace check-valve).
Vacuum Diaphragm, Checking
- Disconnect vacuum line from vacuum diaphragm for intake manifold change-over.
- Connect hand vacuum pump directly to vacuum diaphragm.
- Operate hand vacuum pump and observe change-over procedure during this.
- Check vacuum reservoir for proper seal.
Specified value: Vacuum diaphragm must not return to output position, as long as the hand vacuum pump is not vented.
If vacuum diaphragm moves back.
- Replace vacuum diaphragm.
Intake Air Switch-Over Valve, Checking
Via the Intake Air Switch-over valve, a flap in the air filter housing is activated.
Overview: Intake air switch-over --> Overview: Intake manifold change-over
- Disconnect connector from Intake Manifold Change-Over Valve N156.
- Perform a resistance measurement between the valve terminals using portable multimeter VAG1526.
Specified value: 25 to 35 ohms
If specified value is not obtained.
- Replace Intake Air Switch-over valve N335.
If specified value is obtained.
- Check voltage supply.
- Connect voltage test lamp VAG1527 between connector terminal 2 and engine Ground (GND) using adapter cables from connector test kit VAG1594.
- Switch ignition on.
LED must light up.
- LED does not light up.
- Check fuse for intake air switch-over valve (relay- and fuse holder in instrument panel, right side).
If fuse is OK.
- Check wire connection from terminal 2 of connector for intake air switch-over valve via fuse to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 (relay carrier in E-box in plenum chamber) for open circuit/short circuit. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If voltage supply is OK, check wire connection.
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check the following wire connection for open circuit/short circuit
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 1 | 9 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If wire connection is OK, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) and generate readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Control Module Input Quantities, Checking
Scheme 834
Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 is located in electronics box in plenum chamber, relay position 2.
> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
Note. This test is only for vehicles up to m.y. 2004. Vehicles as of m.y. 2005, check Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 according to wiring diagram.
- Disconnect voltage supply relay - 2 -.
Scheme 835
- Connect multimeter for voltage measurement as follows.
| Relay carrier in E-box, plenum chamber, position 2 Terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Engine Ground (GND) |
| 2 | Engine Ground (GND) |
- Specified value: approx. battery voltage
If specified value is not obtained
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Connect portable multimeter VAG1526 for voltage measurement as follows.
| Relay carrier in E-box, plenum chamber, position 2 Terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 4 | B+ |
- Switch ignition on.
- Specified value: approx. battery voltage
- Switch ignition off.
If specified value is not obtained
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check the following wire connection for open circuit according to wiring diagram
| Relay carrier in E-box, plenum chamber, position 2 Terminal | Testbox Socket |
|---|---|
| 4 | 23 |
- Check the wire for short circuit to B+ and Ground (GND).
- Specified value: infinity ohms (no continuity)
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If no malfunctions are detected
- Replace Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271.
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Engine Control Module, Checking Voltage Supply
Test Prerequisites
- The respective fuses of Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 must be OK: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK --> «Motronic Engine Control Module Power Supply Relay, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- Ground (GND) connections between engine and chassis must be OK.
Voltage Supply at Terminal 30, Checking
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Measure voltage supply between sockets 1 + 62 and 2 + 62 of test box (ignition switched off).
Specified value for each: at least 11.5 volts
If specified value is not obtained
- Check wire connections to relay carrier and Ground (GND) connection of Engine Control Module (ECM) according to wiring diagram: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Voltage Supply at Terminal 15, Checking
- Measure voltage supply between sockets 1 + 3 and 2 + 3 of test box.
- Switch ignition on.
Specified value for each: at least 11.5 volts
If specified value is not obtained
- Check wire connections to relay carrier and Ground (GND) connection of Engine Control Module (ECM) according to wiring diagram: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Throttle Valve Control Module, Checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in harness connector of throttle valve control module.
Function
The throttle valve activation occurs via an electric motor (throttle drive) in the throttle valve control module. This is operated by Engine Control Module (ECM) according to specifications from both Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185.
Components of Throttle Valve Control Module J338
- Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G186
- Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G187
- Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G188
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter VAG1526 or Multimeter VAG1715
- Connector test kit VAG1594
- Wiring diagram
Test Prerequisites
- The respective fuses of Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 must be OK: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Battery voltage must be at least 11.5 Volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster must be switched off.
- Parking brake must be engaged or else daylight driving lights will be switched on.
- If vehicle is equipped with an A/C system, it must be switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine and chassis must be OK.
- Throttle valve must not be damaged or dirty.
- Coolant temperature must be at least 80 C --> «Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-01-read-current) ; PID 5, Coolant temperature.
Function Test
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Switch ignition on.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 1: Checking measured values."
- Select the measuring value "PID 17: Throttle valve position (absolute)."
- Check specified value of throttle valve position (absolute) at idle stop
| PID | Diagnostic text | Specified value | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 17 | Throttle valve position (absolute) | |||||
| Idle stop | 8.0 to 18.0% | |||||
- Slowly depress accelerator pedal up to Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop while observing the percentage display.
Specified value: The percentage display must increase uniformly
- Check specified value of throttle valve position (absolute) at Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop
| PID | Diagnostic text | Specified value | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 17 | Throttle valve position (absolute) | |||||
| Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop | 84.0 to 97.0% | |||||
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If specified values are not reached, check voltage supply.
- Pull connector off throttle valve control module.
- Switch ignition on.
- Connect multimeter to the following connector terminals for voltage measurement
| 6-pin connector at wiring harness, terminal | Specified value |
|---|---|
| 2 + Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
| 2 + 6 | About 5 V |
If specified values are obtained, also check signal wires and activation wires of throttle valve control module.
If specified values are not obtained
Check wire connections from Engine Control Module (ECM) to throttle valve control module.
- Pull connector off throttle valve control module.
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
The following wire connections must be checked for short circuit to B+, Ground (GND) and for open circuit
| 6-pin connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 , socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 92 |
| 2 | 83 |
| 3 | 117 |
| 4 | 84 |
| 5 | 118 |
| 6 | 91 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If no malfunctions are found in wires
- Replace throttle valve control module.
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Mass Air Flow Sensor, Checking
Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 is located in upper part of air filter housing.
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in harness connector of Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter VAG1526 or Multimeter VAG1715
- Connector test kit VAG1594
- Wiring diagram
Test Prerequisites
- The respective fuses of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 must be OK: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 must be OK, check: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Battery voltage must be at least 11.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, for example, lights and rear window defroster must be switched off.
- Parking brake must be engaged or else daylight driving lights will be switched on.
- The parking brake button must be engaged in order to connect the electrical parking brake.
- If vehicle is equipped with an A/C system, it must be switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine and chassis must be OK.
Function Test
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Start engine and let run at idle.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 1: Checking measured values."
- Coolant temperature must be at least 80 C "PID 5, Coolant temperature".
- Select measuring value "PID 16: Air flow quantity at Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor".
- Check specified value of air flow quantity at Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor at idle
| PID | Diagnostic text | Specified value | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 16 | Air flow quantity at Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor | |||||
| Engine running at idle | 3 to 6 g/sec | |||||
| Display field: Specified value | Possible cause | Corrective action |
|---|---|---|
| Less than 3 g/s | Large false air mass between intake manifold and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor Voltage supply of Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or wire connections to Engine Control Module (ECM) | Check intake system for leaks (false air) --> Intake System, Checking for Leaks . Check voltage supply and wire connections |
| Greater than 6 g/s | Engine under load due to power accessories. | Reduce load (A/C system/power steering/generator) |
| Voltage supply of Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or wire connections to Engine Control Module (ECM) | Check voltage supply and wire connections |
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If specified value is obtained, but DTC memory has a DTC concerning Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
- Check voltage supply of Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
If specified value is not obtained
- Check signal and Ground (GND) wire of Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
- Check fuse for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If fuse is OK.
- Disconnect connector from Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
Scheme 836
- Connect multimeter to terminal 2 of connector and engine Ground (GND) for voltage measurement.
- Operate starter briefly (engine can also start briefly).
Specified value: approx. battery voltage
- If specified value is not reached, check wire connection from terminal 2 of connector to Fuel Pump (FP) relay via fuse for open circuit and short circuit to Ground (GND), repair wire connection if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
Scheme 837
- Connect multimeter to terminal 2 and terminal 3 of connector for voltage measurement.
- Operate starter briefly.
Specified value: approx. battery voltage
Note. Ground (GND) from the ECM is present at terminal 3 of connector.
If specified value is not obtained, check wire connections.
- Connect multimeter to terminal 3 and terminal 4 of connector for voltage measurement.
- Switch ignition on.
Specified value: approx. 5 Volts.
If specified value is not obtained, check wire connections.
Note. Signal wire is also checked during wire test.
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
The following wire connections must be checked for short circuit to B+, Ground (GND) and for open circuit
| Connector for Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 | Test box VAG1598/31 terminal |
|---|---|
| 3 | 27 |
| 4 | 53 |
| 5 | 29 |
- Check all wires for short circuit to each other.
Specified value: infinity ohms (no continuity)
- If voltage supply and wire connections are OK, replace Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Engine Speed Sensor, Checking
Test Prerequisites
- Correct installation and secure seating of Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor.
- No shavings or damage at Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor or sensor wheel.
- Disconnect gray harness connector of Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 (connector strip on underside of transmission, position 1).
Scheme 838
- Use adapter cables from connector test kit VAG1594 to connect portable multimeter VAG1526 to terminals 2 and 3 for resistance measurement.
Specified value: approx. 450 to 1200 ohms
If specified value is not obtained, replace Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor.
- If specified value is obtained, connect portable multimeter VAG1526 to terminal 1 and 2 as well as terminal 1 and 3.
Specified value: infinite ohms respectively (no continuity).
If specified value is not obtained, replace Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor.
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating)
If specified values are obtained, check wire connections between harness connector and Engine Control Module (ECM) as follows
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
Scheme 839
The following wire connections must be checked for short circuit to B+, Ground (GND) and for open circuit
| Terminal at sensor coupling | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 1 | 108 |
| 2 | 90 |
| 3 | 82 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Check all wires for short circuit to each other.
Specified value: infinity ohms (no continuity)
If no malfunction is found in wires
- Remove Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor and check sensor wheel for proper seating, damage and run-out.
Note. There is a larger-sized gap on the sensor wheel. This gap is the reference mark and does not mean that the sensor wheel is damaged.
If nothing seems to be wrong with the sensor wheel
- Replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) .
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter VAG1526 or Multimeter VAG1715
- Connector test kit VAG1594
- Wiring diagram
Test Prerequisites
- The respective fuses of Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 must be OK: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- The parking brake button must be engaged in order to connect the electrical parking brake.
- Engine must be cold.
Function Test
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Switch ignition on.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 1: Checking measured values."
- Select measuring value "PID 05: Coolant temperature".
- Check specified value of coolant temperature
| PID | Diagnostic text | Specified value | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 05 | Coolant temperature | Approx. coolant temperature | ||||
If specified value is obtained
- Start engine and let run at idle.
Specified value: Temperature value must rise evenly
Note. The temperature increases in increments of 1.0 C. If the engine shows problems in certain temperature ranges and if the temperature does not climb uniformly, the temperature signal is intermittent and the sensor should be replaced. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 is a temperature dependent resistance. If e.g. moisture in a harness connector leads to a false sensor signal (effect is like resistance connected in parallel), this falsification can still be in a range that is not recognized by the control module. If a malfunction regarding Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor is stored, control module operates with a calculated replacement value.
If no realistic indication follows
- Disconnect connector from Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62.
Scheme 840
- Use adapter cables from connector test kit VAG1594 to connect portable multimeter VAG1526 to terminals 1 and 2 of sensor for resistance measurement.
Scheme 841
Read-out examples
Range A displays resistance values for the temperature range of 0 to 50 C, range B displays resistance values for the temperature range of 50 to 100 C.
- 30 C corresponds to a resistance of 1500 to 2000 ohms
- 80 C corresponds to a resistance of 275 to 375 ohms
If specified value is not obtained, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating)
If specified value is obtained
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Disconnect connector from Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor.
The following wire connections must be checked for short circuit to B+, Ground (GND) and for open circuit
| 2-pin connector at wiring harness Terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 1 (Ground (GND)) | 108 |
| 2 (signal) | 93 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- In addition, check both wires to each other for short circuit.
Specified value: infinity ohms (no continuity)
If no malfunction is found in wires
- If no malfunction was recognized for the previous tests.
- Replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) .
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Intake Air Temperature Sensors, Checking
Intake air temperature sensor and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor are one component.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter VAG1526 or Multimeter VAG1715
- Connector test kit VAG1594
- Wiring diagram
- Chilling spray (commercially available)
Test Prerequisites
- The respective fuses of Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 must be OK: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- The parking brake button must be engaged in order to connect the electrical parking brake.
Function Test
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Switch ignition on.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 1: Checking measured values."
- Select measuring value "PID 15: Intake air temperature".
- Check specified value of intake air temperature
| PID | Diagnostic text | Specified value | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 | Intake Air Temperature (IAT) | Approx. ambient temperature | ||||
*If a temperature is indicated which is below the ambient temperature of sensor, first check sensor wires for contact resistance. Note that while the vehicle is standing still the sensor might warm up due to radiant heat.
If specified value is not obtained or a fixed value is displayed, check wire connections.
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If specified value is not obtained, check wire connections.
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Disconnect connector from Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor (Mass Air Flow -MAF- sensor connector).
The following wire connections must be checked for short circuit to B+, Ground (GND) and for open circuit
| Terminal at 2-pin connector | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 1 | 26 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- In addition, check both wires to each other for short circuit.
Specified value: infinity ohms (no continuity)
- If no malfunction was detected during the previous tests, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) .
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Additional Signals, Checking
Speed Signal, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter VAG1526 or Multimeter VAG1715
- Connector test kit VAG1594
- Wiring diagram
Test Prerequisites
- The respective fuses of Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 must be OK
- Battery voltage must be at least 11.5 Volts.
- Speedometer G21 must be OK.
Test Sequence
| CAUTION | Test and measuring equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and operated from there by a second person. If test and measuring equipment is operated from the passenger seat, the person seated there could be injured in the event of an accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag. |
Note. To test speed signal, vehicle must be driven. Doing this requires a second person.
- Connect diagnostic tester --> «Diagnostic Tester, Connecting»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-tester-connecting) .
- Start engine and let run at idle.
- Under address word 33, select "Diagnostic mode 1: Checking measured values."
- Select the measuring value "PID 13: Vehicle speed".
- Perform a road test, and have the 2nd person observe the indication on the display.
- Check specified value of the vehicle speed
| PID | Diagnostic text | Specified value | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 13 | Vehicle speed | Approx. vehicle speed | ||||
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If no speed is indicated
- Check DTC memory.
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Data Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking
The ECM communicates with all data bus-capable control modules using a CAN-data bus.
These data bus-capable components are connected via two data bus wires which are twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange information (messages). Missing information on the databus is recognized as a malfunction and stored.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-Bus requires that it have a terminal resistance. This central terminal resistance is located in the Engine Control Module (ECM).
Scheme 842
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter VAG1526 or Multimeter VAG1715
- Test adapter kit VAG1594A
- Test box VAG1598/31
Test Prerequisite
- Ignition switched off.
Test Sequence
- Connect test box to Engine Control Module of the Engine Control Module --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) ; wiring harness is not connected.
- Check central terminal resistance in ECM
- Connect multimeter between sockets 58 and 60 on the test box for resistance measurement.
- Specification: 60 to 72 ohms
If specification is exceeded or not met
- Replace engine control module.
If specification is obtained
- Disconnect test box from Engine Control Module (ECM).
- Connect test box to control module wiring harness.
- Check CAN-data bus wires for short circuit to each other
- Connect multimeter between test box sockets 58 and 60 for resistance measurement.
- Specification: infinity ohms (no continuity)
- If necessary, repair wire connection according to wiring diagram.
- Check DTC Memory.
- Read out readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Exhaust System Components, Removing and Installing
Note. After exhaust system repairs, make sure exhaust system is not under stress and that it has sufficient clearance from the bodywork. If necessary, loosen double clamps and clamp and align exhaust pipe so that sufficient clearance is maintained to the bodywork and support rings carry uniform loads. Always replace self-locking nuts.
Note. Before raising the vehicle on a hoist (wheels off the ground), first activate the vehicle jack mode. --> 43 - SELF LEVELING SUSPENSION
Scheme 843
1 - Carriage bolt
2 - 40 Nm
3 - Double clamp (for repair)
- Used when center or rear muffler is replaced separately.
- Installed position --> «Installed position of rear clamping sleeves»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- Before tightening ensure exhaust system is tension-free --> «Exhaust System, Aligning»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__exhaust-system-aligning)
- Tighten bolts evenly
4 - Carriage bolt
5 - Support ring
6 - 25 Nm
7 - Bracket to chassis
8 - Bolt
9 - Left rear muffler
- At factory, center and rear mufflers are installed as a single component. Replacement center and rear mufflers are supplied separately, with double clamp for connecting joint.
- Cutting connecting pipe --> A separating point has been provided in the connecting pipe for individual replacement of the front or rear muffler. under (Scheme 847)
- Replacing end pipe --> «Replacing end pipe»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
10 - Support ring
11 - Bracket
12 - 25 Nm
13 - 25 Nm
14 - Bracket
15 - Support ring
16 - Right rear muffler
- At factory, center and rear mufflers are installed as a single component. Replacement center and rear mufflers are supplied separately, with double clamp for connecting joint.
- Cutting connecting pipe --> A separating point has been provided in the connecting pipe for individual replacement of the front or rear muffler. under (Scheme 847)
- Replacing end pipe --> «Replacing end pipe»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
17 - Bolt
18 - Bracket to chassis
19 - 25 Nm
20 - 25 Nm
21 - Bolt
22 - Clamping piece
23 - Support ring
24 - Carriage bolt
25 - Double clamp (for repair)
- Used when center or rear muffler is replaced separately.
- Installed position --> «Installed position of rear clamping sleeves»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- Before tightening ensure exhaust system is tension-free --> «Exhaust System, Aligning»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__exhaust-system-aligning)
- Tighten bolts evenly
26 - 40 Nm
27 - Center muffler
- At factory, center and rear mufflers are installed as a single component. Replacement center and rear mufflers are supplied separately, with double clamp for connecting joint.
- Cutting connecting pipe --> A separating point has been provided in the connecting pipe for individual replacement of the front or rear muffler. under (Scheme 847)
28 - Carriage bolt
29 - 40 Nm
30 - Double clamp
- Installation position --> «Installed position of front clamping sleeves»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- Before tightening ensure exhaust system is tension-free --> «Exhaust System, Aligning»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__exhaust-system-aligning)
- Tighten bolts evenly
31 - 40 Nm
32 - Double clamp
- Installation position --> «Installed position of front clamping sleeves»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- Before tightening ensure exhaust system is tension-free --> «Exhaust System, Aligning»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__exhaust-system-aligning)
- Tighten bolts evenly
33 - From Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
Scheme 844
- Install clamping sleeves in the position shown.
- Angle α = 15
- Angle β = 15
- Threaded connections point outward
Scheme 845
- Install double clamps so that the bolt ends do not project over lower edge of double clamp.
- Threaded connections face each other
Scheme 846
- Using chain pipe cutter VAS6254 , separate end pipe - 1 - at separating point - C -.
- Connect end pipe - 3 - up to marking - A - , so that the slot on end pipe lines up with marking - B - on cover.
- Tighten mounting bolt of clamp - 2 - to 25 Nm.
Scheme 847
A separating point has been provided in the connecting pipe for individual replacement of the front or rear muffler.
- Separating point is marked by a depression around the circumference of the exhaust pipe.
- Using chain pipe cutter VAS6254 , separate exhaust pipe at separating point.
Dimension - a - approx. 244 mm
Scheme 848
- Check distance of end pipes at left and right to bumper
- Dimension a left = dimension a right
- Dimension b = disregard
Exhaust Manifold, Removing and Installing
Removing
- Remove engine.
Only for left exhaust manifold
Scheme 849
- Remove guide pipe for oil dipstick (- arrow -).
Both exhaust manifolds
- Remove exhaust pipe with catalytic converter.
Scheme 850
- Unbolt exhaust manifold (- arrows -).
Installing
Note. Always replace self-locking nuts Replace gaskets. Replace sealing ring for guide tube for oil dipstick
- Installation is the reverse of removal.
Tightening Specifications
| Threaded connection | Tightening torques |
|---|---|
| Exhaust manifold to cylinder head | 25 Nm |
| Guide tube for oil dipstick to cylinder head | 22 Nm |
Left Front Muffler, Removing and Installing
Note. Before raising the vehicle on a hoist (wheels off the ground), first activate the vehicle jack mode. --> 43 - SELF LEVELING SUSPENSION
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
Scheme 851
- Chain pipe cutter VAS6254
Removing
For vehicles with parking/auxiliary heater
Scheme 852
- Remove bolts (- arrows -) for exhaust pipe of parking heater/auxiliary heater on noise insulation.
Scheme 853
- Remove noise insulation - 2 - through - 4 -.
Scheme 854
- Separate left exhaust pipe using chain pipe cutter VAS6254.
- Dimension a) 110 mm
Note. Decoupling element in front exhaust pipe must not be bent more than 10 , otherwise it may be damaged.
Scheme 855
- Loosen double clamp - 1 - and slide it toward front.
Scheme 856
- Unbolt left exhaust pipe - 1 - from bracket.
Installing
Note. Always replace self-locking nuts
- Installation is the reverse of removal.
- Align exhaust system free of stress --> «Exhaust System, Aligning»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__exhaust-system-aligning)
Tightening Specifications
| Threaded connection | Tightening torques |
|---|---|
| Clamping sleeve | 40 Nm |
Right Front Muffler, Removing and Installing
Note. Before raising the vehicle on a hoist (wheels off the ground), first activate the vehicle jack mode. --> 43 - SELF LEVELING SUSPENSION
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Chain pipe cutter VAS6254
Removing
For vehicles with parking/auxiliary heater
- Remove bolts (- arrows -) for exhaust pipe of parking heater/auxiliary heater on noise insulation.
- Remove noise insulation - 2 - through - 4 -.
Scheme 857
- Separate right exhaust pipe using chain pipe cutter VAS6254.
- Dimension a) 67 mm
Note. Decoupling element in front exhaust pipe must not be bent more than 10 , otherwise it may be damaged.
- Loosen double clamp - 2 - and slide it toward front.
- Unbolt right exhaust pipe - 2 - from bracket.
Installing
Note. Always replace self-locking nuts
- Installation is the reverse of removal.
- Align exhaust system free of stress --> «Exhaust System, Aligning»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__exhaust-system-aligning)
Tightening Specifications
| Threaded connection | Tightening torques |
|---|---|
| Clamping sleeve | 40 Nm |
Exhaust System, Aligning
To avoid noise and tension in the exhaust system, install exhaust system as follows
Note. Requirement for the installation of exhaust system is the exact alignment and tightening of front pipes and catalytic converters. Loosen all threaded connections of exhaust system (except exhaust manifold and flange connection, catalytic converter/intermediate pipe). Align exhaust system when cold. Following work procedure must be performed in the specified sequence. Dimensions provided in the illustrations are approximate. Vehicles without clamp between center and rear muffler
Note. Align exhaust system when cold.
- Loosen screws of front clamp between catalytic converter and main muffler.
Scheme 858
- Slide exhaust system far enough toward front until end pipe - 1 - has distance - a - from bumper - 2 -.
- Dimension a = at least 40 mm
- Tighten screws of front clamp between catalytic converter and main muffler evenly to 40 Nm, installation position.
Scheme 859
- For correct distance of end pipes/bumper, adjust pre-tension on rear mount for rear muffler to - a - = 7 to 11 mm.
- Vehicles with clamp between center and rear muffler
Note. Only for vehicles with double clamp between center and rear mufflers, the center muffler must also be aligned.
- Loosen screws of front clamp between catalytic converter and main muffler.
Scheme 860
- Push exhaust system far enough forward (- arrow -) that the pre-tension at the retaining loop at rear left of front muffler is - a - = 7 - 9 mm.
- Tighten screws of front clamp between catalytic converter and main muffler evenly to 40 Nm, installation position.
- Slide rear muffler far enough toward front (- arrow -), until pre-tension at rear right retaining loop on rear muffler a = 7 to 11 mm.
- Tighten screws of rear clamp between main muffler and rear muffler evenly to 40 Nm, installation position.
- Pre-tension of retaining loops is correct when distance - a - is set between end pipes - 1 - and bumper - 2 -.
- Dimension a = at least 40 mm
Scheme 861
- Screw tips must not project beyond the lower edge of the clamp.
Scheme 862
- Screw tips must not project beyond the lower edge of the clamp.
Exhaust System, Checking for Leaks
- Start engine and let run at idle.
- Seal tailpipe with cloths or plug for the duration of the leak test.
- Listen for leaks at the following connections: cylinder head/exhaust manifold, exhaust manifold/turbocharger, turbocharger/catalytic converter etc.
- Repair detected leaks.
Secondary Air Injection System
The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system causes the catalytic converter to heat up more quickly, resulting in earlier operating readiness following cold start.
Principle
Due to over-enrichment of the mixture during the cold start phase, there is an increased amount of uncombusted carbon monoxide in the exhaust. Secondary Air Injection (AIR) improves secondary oxidation in the catalytic converter and therefore reduces emissions. The heat produced by secondary oxidation greatly reduces start-up time for the catalytic converter, therefore improving exhaust quality during the cold start phase significantly.
Function
- In the cold start phase, the ECM - 3 - activates the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) pump - 1 - via the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) pump relay - 2 -. Air reaches the combination valves for Secondary Air Injection (AIR) - 4 - and - 8 -.
- The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) valve - 5 - is activated in parallel, which allows the vacuum to reach the combination valves for Secondary Air Injection (AIR) - 4 - and - 8 -. The appropriate combination valve for Secondary Air Injection (AIR) thereby opens the path for secondary air to the exhaust channels of the cylinder head.
Scheme 863
1 - Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101
- Component location --> «Installation position of Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- Removing and installing --> «Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__secondary-air-injection-pump-motor-removing)
2 - Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299
- Component location --> «Installation position of Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- Checking --> «Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__secondary-air-injection-pump-relay-checking)
3 - Engine Control Module (ECM) J623
4 - Combination valve for secondary air injection (right)
- Component location --> «Combination valve for secondary air injection (AIR)»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- Checking --> «Secondary Air Injection Combination Valve, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__secondary-air-injection-combination-valve-checking)
- Removing and installing --> «Right Combination Valve, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__right-combination-valve-removing-and-installing)
5 - Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112
- Component location --> «Installation position of Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- Checking --> «Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
6 - Check-valve
- Installation position: - Arrow - points in direction of flow (Scheme 863)
7 - To intake manifold
8 - Combination valve for secondary air injection (left)
- Component location --> «Combination valve for secondary air injection (AIR)»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm)
- Checking --> «Secondary Air Injection Combination Valve, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__secondary-air-injection-combination-valve-checking)
- Removing and installing --> «Left Combination Valve, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__left-combination-valve-removing-and-installing)
9 - Vacuum reservoir
- Component location: Under wheel housing liner in front left wheel housing
Scheme 864
- Front, right, on intake manifold (- arrow -).
Scheme 865
- At front right in engine compartment below the longmember
Scheme 866
- At position 1 in E-box, plenum chamber
- Fuse for Secondary Air Injection (AIR) pump - B
Scheme 867
- At rear of cylinder heads
Note. Left valve is displayed in illustration.
Intake Manifold Change-Over Valve, Testing
- Disconnect connector from Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112.
- Perform a resistance measurement between terminals on valve using portable multimeter VAG1526.
Specified value: 25 to 35 ohms
If specified value is not obtained.
- Replace Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112.
If specified value is obtained.
- Check voltage supply.
- Connect voltage test lamp VAG1527 between connector terminal 2 and engine Ground (GND) using adapter cables from connector test kit VAG1594.
- Switch ignition on.
LED must light up.
- LED does not light up.
- Check fuse for Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve (relay- and fuse holder in instrument panel, right side).
If fuse is OK.
- Check wire connection from terminal 2 of connector for Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve via fuse to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 (relay carrier in E-box in plenum chamber) for open circuit/short circuit. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If voltage supply is OK, check wire connection.
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check the following wire connection for open circuit/short circuit
| Connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 or Engine Control Module (ECM) |
|---|---|
| 1 | 44 |
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If wire connection is OK, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) and generate readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay, Checking
Note. Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 is located in relay carrier in E-box, plenum chamber, relay position 1
- Remove Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 from relay position 1.
- Switch ignition on.
- Connect portable multimeter VAG1526 in sequence between terminals 6 (B+, terminal 15) and 8 (Ground -GND-) as well as 2 (B+, terminal 30) and 8 (Ground -GND-) of relay socket.
Specified value: approx. battery voltage respectively.
- If no battery voltage is displayed, measure plus terminals to vehicle Ground (GND) as a test.
- If there is still no battery voltage, check fuse and B+ wires for open circuit. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If battery voltage is displayed while measuring to vehicle Ground (GND) and not for terminal 8 (Ground -GND-), check wire connection from terminal 8 to Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Connect voltage test lamp VAG1527 between terminal 6 (B+, terminal 15) and 4 (Ground (GND) activation of Engine Control Module (ECM)).
- When switching on ignition, voltage test lamp must light up for approx. 1 second and then go out. When operating starter, voltage test lamp must light up constantly.
Note. Voltage test lamps with low current draw do not go out completely after 1 second, but rather light up weakly until starter is operated.
If voltage test lamp lights up, replace Secondary Air Injection (AIR) pump relay.
If voltage test lamp does not light up, check wire connection as follows
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 to wiring harness of Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Connect portable multimeter VAG1526 between terminal 4 of relay socket and socket 46 of test box and check wire connection for continuity.
- If specified value is not obtained, check wire connection for open circuit or short circuit. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If there is no open circuit and voltage test lamp does not light up, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> «Engine Control Module, Replacing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__engine-control-module-replacing) and generate readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating)
Secondary Air Injection Combination Valve, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
Scheme 868
- Hand Vacuum Pump VAG1390
Test Prerequisites
- No leaks in vacuum lines or hose connections.
- Vacuum lines not clogged.
Test Sequence
- Remove engine cover - 1 - upward.
- Disconnect vacuum hose (- arrow -) at combination valve to be tested.
- Connect hand vacuum pump VAG1390 to vacuum hose of combination valve to be checked.
Note. Illustration depicts engine from rear. Left combination valve is displayed in illustration.
For vehicles with parking/auxiliary heater
- Remove bolts (- arrows -) for exhaust pipe of parking heater/auxiliary heater on noise insulation.
- Remove noise insulation, - 1 -.
- Disconnect pressure hose - 2 - at Secondary Air Injection (AIR) pump motor and blow air in with light pressure (do not use pressurized air).
- Both combination valves must be closed, it must not be possible to blow through hose
- Operate hand vacuum pump.
- The relevant combination valve must open, it must be possible to blow through
If respective combination valve does not open
- Replace combination valve --> «Left Combination Valve, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__left-combination-valve-removing-and-installing) or --> «Right Combination Valve, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__right-combination-valve-removing-and-installing) .
Left Combination Valve, Removing and Installing
Removing
- Remove engine cover - 1 - upward.
Scheme 869
- Remove bolt - 1 -.
- Remove crankcase ventilation line (- arrows -).
Note. Illustration depicts engine from rear.
- Disconnect vacuum hose (- arrow -).
- Remove bolts - 1 - and - 2 - and remove combination valve.
Note. Illustration depicts engine from rear.
Installing
Installation is the reverse of removal, noting the following
Note. Replace gaskets. Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate for the model type .
Tightening Specifications
| Component | Nm |
|---|---|
| Combination valve to connecting flange | 10 |
| Connecting tube to combination valve | 10 |
| Crankcase ventilation line to cylinder head cover | 10 |
Right Combination Valve, Removing and Installing
Removing
- Remove engine cover - 1 - upward.
- Remove clip - 1 -.
- Remove bolt - 2 - and remove cover.
Note. Note clips (- arrows -) when installing.
- Disconnect hose - 1 -.
- Disconnect hose - 2 -.
- Remove air intake pipe (- arrows -).
- Disconnect electrical harness connector from Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor and remove air filter housing upward.
- Remove both air guides from lock carrier.
Scheme 870
- Remove bolts - 1 - and - 2 -.
- Remove crankcase ventilation line (- arrows -).
Note. Illustration depicts engine from rear.
Scheme 871
- Disconnect electrical harness connectors - 1 - to - 4 - from right bracket at bulkhead.
- Remove bracket from bulkhead.
Scheme 872
- Disconnect hoses for Secondary Air Injection (AIR) at positions indicated by (- arrows -).
- Remove bolts - 1 - and - 2 - and remove Secondary Air Injection (AIR) pipe.
Note. Illustration depicts engine from rear.
Scheme 873
- Disconnect vacuum hose (- arrow -).
- Remove bolts - 1 - and - 2 - and remove combination valve.
Note. Illustration depicts engine from rear.
Installing
Installation is in reverse order of removal. Note the following
Note. Replace gaskets and O-rings. Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate for the model type .
- Install air filter.
Tightening Specifications
| Component | Nm | |
|---|---|---|
| Combination valve to connecting flange | 10 | |
| Connector tube to | Combination valve | 10 |
| To | Cylinder head cover | 10 |
Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter VAG1526 or Multimeter VAG1715
- Connector test kit VAG1594
- Wiring diagram
Test Prerequisites
- The respective fuses of Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 must be OK: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 must be OK, checking --> «Fuel Pump Relay, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__fuel-pump-relay-checking) .
- Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 must be OK, checking --> «Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__secondary-air-injection-pump-relay-checking) .
- Battery voltage must be at least 11.5 Volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster must be switched off.
- Ignition switched off.
Test Sequence
- Remove front noise insulation.
- Disconnect air hose - 1 -.
- Disconnect air hose - 2 -.
Note. To disengage, compress the buttons at the hose coupling.
Scheme 874
- Disconnect electrical harness connector - 1 -.
Scheme 875
- Connect Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor to the B+ and Ground (GND) terminals of the battery using the respective adapter cables.
The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor must start up and air must escape at compressed-air connection (- arrow -).
If the motor does not start up, or no air or only very little air escapes
- Replace Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 --> «Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor, Removing and Installing»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__secondary-air-injection-pump-motor-removing) .
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating)
If motor starts and air escapes, check activation of Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299.
- Remove Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 from relay position 1.
Note. Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 is located in relay carrier in E-box, plenum chamber, relay position 1 Remove battery Ground (GND) strap if tools are necessary for removal of relays or control modules from the relay carrier.
- Check wire between terminal 8 of relay socket and terminal 2 of 2-pin connector of Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor for open circuit according to wiring diagram.
- Check the wire for short circuit to B+ and Ground (GND).
Specified value: infinity ohms (infinite)
- Check wire between 2-pin connector terminal 1 (Ground -GND- wire) and vehicle Ground (GND) for open circuit according to wiring diagram.
If no malfunction is detected in wires, replace Engine Control Module (ECM) --> Engine Control Module, Replacing and generate readiness code again --> Readiness Code, Generating .
Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor, Removing and Installing
Removing
For vehicles with parking/auxiliary heater
- Remove bolts (- arrows -) for exhaust pipe of parking heater/auxiliary heater on noise insulation.
- Remove noise insulation, - 1 -.
- Disconnect air hose - 1 -.
- Disconnect air hose - 2 -.
- Disconnect electrical harness connector - 1 -.
- Remove Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 (- arrows -).
Installing
Installation is in reverse order of removal. Note the following
Tightening Specifications
| Component | Nm |
|---|---|
| Motor for Secondary Air Injection (AIR) to bracket | 10 |
Ignition System, Checking
Ignition System, General Information
- For the electric components to work properly, a voltage of at least 11.5 Volts is required.
- The battery must only be disconnected and connected with the ignition switched off, since the Engine Control Module (ECM) can otherwise be damaged.
- Engine Control Module (ECM) is equipped with On Board Diagnostic (OBD).
- It is possible that the control module will recognize a malfunction and store a DTC during some tests. Therefore the following work steps must be performed in the mentioned sequence after ending all tests and repairs.
- Check DTC memory --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- Erase DTC memory --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- For completion, generate readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
If special testing equipment is required during road test, note the following
| CAUTION | Test and measuring equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and operated from there by a second person. If test and measuring equipment is operated from the passenger seat, the person seated there could be injured in the event of an accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag. |
| CAUTION | When doing any repair work, especially in the engine compartment, pay attention to the following due to clearance issues: Route lines of all types (e.g. for fuel, hydraulic, EVAP canister system, coolant and refrigerant, brake fluid, vacuum) and electrical wiring so that the original path is followed. Watch for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot components. |
To reduce the risk of personal injury and/or damage to the fuel injection and ignition system, always observe the following
- Do not touch or disconnect ignition wires when engine is running or turning at starting RPM.
- Only disconnect and reconnect wires for injection and ignition system, including test leads, when ignition is switched off.
- Connectors from Engine Control Module (ECM) may only be removed 10 seconds after ignition is switched off.
- If it is desired to turn engine at starting RPM without starting it (e.g. during compression test), disconnect connector of power output stages for ignition coils and remove both fuses for Motronic in E-box, plenum chamber. After performing work, erase DTC memory --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) and generate readiness code again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
- Do not apply voltage to control module for simulation of output signal.
- Do not operate starter when fuel injectors are removed.
| CAUTION | Obtain radio code for radios with anti-theft coding before disconnecting battery. The battery must only be disconnected and connected with the ignition switched off, since the Engine Control Module (ECM) can otherwise be damaged. |
Ignition, Technical Data
| Engine codes | BFM, BGK | |
|---|---|---|
| Ignition timing is determined in the control module It is not possible to adjust the ignition timing | ||
| Ignition system | Single coil ignition system with 8 ignition coils (ignition coils and power output stages as one component) that are connected directly to spark plugs via the ignition cables. | |
| Spark plugs | Replacement part number and manufacturer code | |
| Tightening torque | 30 Nm | |
| Ignition sequence | 1-5-4-8-6-3-7-2 | |
Scheme 876
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter VAG1526 or Multimeter VAG1715
- Voltage test lamp VAG1527B
- Connector test kit VAG1594A
- Test box VAG1598/31
Note. The ignition coil and power output stage are combined in one complete component.
Test Prerequisite
- Fuses for engine electronics OK --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
Procedure
- Start engine and let run at idle.
Recognize a non-functional or misfiring cylinder as follows
- Disconnect connectors from fuel injectors in sequence with engine running and observe engine operation.
or
- Compare spark plugs of all cylinders to each other. Check electrodes for carbon fouling.
If faulty cylinder is recognized
- Switch spark plug from faulty cylinder with one from another cylinder.
If malfunction follows the spark plug
- Replace spark plug.
If malfunction remains at original cylinder
- Switch ignition coil from faulty cylinder with one from another cylinder.
- If a malfunction now occurs at other cylinder, replace the ignition coil.
If malfunction remains at the cylinder, check Ground (GND) connection.
Ground Wire, Checking
- Disconnect the 4-pin connector at the respective ignition coil.
- Check Ground (GND) connection from 4-pin connector socket 4 to engine Ground (GND) for open circuit and short circuit to B+.
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary.
If Ground (GND) connection is OK: Check voltage supply of ignition coil.
- Connect multimeter to the following connector terminal for voltage measurement
| 4-pin connector at wiring harness, terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Engine Ground (GND) |
- Operate starter.
Specified value: approx. battery voltage
If specified value is not obtained
- Check wire connection from terminal 1 to Fuel Pump (FP) relay via fuse for continuity, repair if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If specified value is obtained.
- Check power output stage --> «Power Output Stages, Checking»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__power-output-stages-checking) .
Power Output Stages, Checking
Note. The ignition coil and power output stage are combined in one complete component.
Ground, Checking
- Disconnect the 4-pin connector at the respective ignition coil.
- Check Ground (GND) connection from 4-pin connector socket 2 to engine Ground (GND) for open circuit and short circuit to B+.
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If Ground (GND) connection is OK: Check activation of power output stages.
- Pull connector off all eight fuel injectors.
Note. Fuel must not be injected during the test to avoid damaging catalytic converter. Connectors must therefore be disconnected from fuel injectors.
- Disconnect the 4-pin connector at the respective ignition coil.
- Connect voltage test lamp VAG1527 to the following terminals of connector for ignition coil.
- Operate starter for a few seconds.
| 4-pin connector of respective ignition coil to wiring harness, terminal | Specified value |
|---|---|
| 2 + 3 | LED must blink (short impulse) |
If specified values are not obtained
- Switch ignition off.
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 at wiring harness to Engine Control Module (ECM), do not connect ECM --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check wire connection from 4-pin connector at ignition coil or power output stage....
- ... to Engine Control Module (ECM) for wiring open circuit as well as short circuit to B+ and to Ground (GND).
| 4-pin connector of ignition coil and power output stage Terminal 3 | Terminal at test box VAG1598/31 |
|---|---|
| Cyl. 1 | 102 |
| Cyl. 2 | 7 |
| Cyl. 3 | 111 |
| Cyl. 4 | 94 |
| Cyl. 5 | 103 |
| Cyl. 6 | 110 |
| Cyl. 7 | 8 |
| Cyl. 8 | 95 |
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ohms
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If no malfunctions are found in wires
- Replace the combined component, ignition coil with power output stage.
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Knock Sensor Control
Possible cause of malfunction if knock control (ignition angle retardation, injection quantity limit) is activated.
| Possible cause | Corrective action | |
|---|---|---|
| Poor fuel quality | Change fuel quality (--> operating instructions) | |
| Knock sensor tightened to incorrect torque | Loosen knock sensors and tighten to 20 Nm | |
| Knock sensor faulty | Check knock sensor --> Knock Sensors, Checking . | |
| Corrosion at harness connector | ||
| Engine components loose | Secure engine components | |
| Engine damage | Check compression pressure | |
| Engine components loose | Secure engine components | |
Knock Sensors, Checking
Note. For the knock sensors to function properly, it is important that tightening torque be exactly 20 Nm. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in harness connector of knock sensors. Check harness connector from knock sensor to wiring harness for corrosion.
Component location of harness connectors.
- 3-pin harness connector for Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 , cylinder bank 1
- 3-pin harness connector for Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 , cylinder bank 2
- Disconnect the harness connector of the relevant knock sensor in engine compartment.
Scheme 877
- Check all three terminals at respective knock sensor connector for short circuit to each other (terminal 1+2, 1+3, 2+3).
Specified value: Wires should have no connection to each other (infinite Ohm).
- If there is a connection, replace knock sensor.
- If wires have no connection to each other, check the wire connections.
Wires from Knock Sensors to ECM, Checking
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 at wiring harness to Engine Control Module (ECM), do not connect ECM --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
Scheme 878
- Check wire connection from respective sensor coupling...
- .. to Engine Control Module (ECM) for wiring open circuit as well as short circuit to B+ and to Ground (GND).
Knock Sensors 1 G61, Bank 1
| 3-pin connector at wiring harness, socket | Test box VAG1598/31 , socket |
|---|---|
| 1 Ground (GND) | 99 |
| 2 (signal) | 106 |
| 3 (shielding) | 108 |
Knock Sensors 2G66, Bank 2
| 3-pin connector at wiring harness, socket | Test box VAG1598/31 , socket |
|---|---|
| 1 Ground (GND) | 99 |
| 2 (signal) | 107 |
| 3 (shielding) | 108 |
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ohms
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If there is neither an open circuit in wiring nor a short circuit, replace Engine Control Module (ECM). --> Engine Control Module, Replacing .
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Camshaft Position Sensors, Checking
The Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor provides the ignition position for cylinder 1.
For failure, knock control is switched off and the ignition angle is retarded slightly since a cylinder allocation is no longer possible.
Engine will continue to run without Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor signal and can also be restarted
- When a malfunction is recognized, the Engine Control Module (ECM) initiates one ignition spark per cylinder for each crankshaft rotation.
- The offset of one engine rotation will have no noticeable effect on the injection. Instead of occurring with intake valves open, injection will be "pre-loaded" (in front of closed intake valve). This has only a minor effect on the quality of the mixture preparation.
Note. Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 is located at rear of left cylinder block (bank 2). Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 is located at front of right cylinder block (bank 1). Component locations of Hall sensors --> Component Location Overview .
Cables from connector test kit VAG1594 must be used for the following tests.
- Slide back rubber grommet on connector of respective Hall sensor.
Scheme 879
- Connect voltage test lamp VAG1527 between terminal 1 (B+) and 2 (Hall sensor signal) from rear to Hall sensor connector (connector remains connected to Hall sensor).
Note. Connector sockets are numbered respectively on the rear side of the connector.
- Operate starter for a few seconds.
Diode test lamp must blink briefly at every second engine rotation.
Note. Diode test lamps do not go out completely during low current pick-up between activations by the ECM, but rather continue to glow a little and then get significantly brighter during activation.
If voltage test lamp does not blink, check voltage supply.
- Disconnect connector at respective Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor.
- Switch ignition on.
- Connect portable multimeter VAG1526 to socket 1 of connector and engine Ground (GND) for voltage measurement.
Specified value: approx. 5 Volts.
Signal Wire, Checking
- Switch ignition on.
- Connect portable multimeter VAG1526 between socket 2 of respective connector and engine Ground (GND) for voltage measurement.
Specified value: approx. battery voltage
- Connect portable multimeter VAG1526 between socket 3 of connector and engine Ground (GND) for resistance measurement.
Specified value: Continuity
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ohms
If all specified values are being reached and diode test lamp does not blink (measured between terminal 1 and 2 with starter and connector connected).
- Replace respective Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor.
If specified values are not reached, check wire connections.
Wire Connections between CMP Sensor and ECM, Checking
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 at wiring harness to Engine Control Module (ECM), do not connect ECM --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check wire connection from Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor...
- ... to Engine Control Module (ECM) for wiring open circuit as well as short circuit to B+ and to Ground (GND).
CMP Sensor, Bank 1
| 3-pin connector at wiring harness, socket | Test box VAG1598/31 , socket |
|---|---|
| 1 (B+) | 98 |
| 2 (signal) | 87 |
| 3 Ground (GND) | 108 |
CMP Sensor, Bank 2
| 3-pin connector at wiring harness, socket | Test box VAG1598/31 , socket |
|---|---|
| 1 (B+) | 98 |
| 2 (signal) | 86 |
| 3 Ground (GND) | 108 |
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ohms
- Repair open circuit in wiring or short circuit if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- If, after erasing DTC memory for the sake of the test, a DTC relating to the Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor (hall sensor) is indicated again, even though all previous tests were OK, the following malfunction is possible
- If specified values are not reached, unscrew Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor and check whether shutter wheel is mounted properly at camshaft (if mounted improperly, locking lug will be pressed flat when mounting bolt is tightened).
- Check engine timing.
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
Camshaft, Checking Adjustment
Camshaft Adjustment, Function
The adjustment of intake camshaft is load- and RPM dependent. Exhaust camshafts are not adjusted.
Oil pressure is switched to camshaft adjusters (mechanical adjustment devices) via the solenoid valves for camshaft adjustment.
The camshaft adjusters then set intake camshafts of both cylinder banks to the direction "early" , meaning that the intake valves open earlier.
Solenoid Valve for Camshaft Adjustment, Electrical Testing
- Disconnect connector at respective solenoid valve for camshaft adjustment.
Scheme 880
- Perform a resistance measurement between terminals on solenoid valve using portable multimeter VAG1526.
Specified value: 10 to 18 ohms.
If specified value is not obtained.
- Replace respective Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205/Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208.
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
If specified value is obtained, check voltage supply.
Voltage Supply of Solenoid Valves for Camshaft Adjustment, Checking
- Disconnect connector at respective solenoid valve.
- Connect voltage test lamp VAG1527 to terminal 1 (B+) of connector and to engine Ground (GND) using cables from connector test kit VAG1594.
- Operate starter for a few seconds. Engine may also start up during this.
LED must light up.
If diode test lamp does not light up, the following tests must be performed
- Check fuse for solenoid valves for camshaft adjustment. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If fuse is OK.
- Check wire connection from terminal 1 to Fuel Pump (FP) relay via fuse for continuity. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If voltage test lamp lights up, check activation.
Activation of Valves for Camshaft Adjustment, Checking
- Disconnect connector at respective solenoid valve.
- Connect voltage test lamp VAG1527 using cables from connector test kit VAG1594 to sockets 1 (B+) and 2 of connector for respective solenoid valve.
- Operate starter for a few seconds. Engine may also start up during this.
Diode test lamp must blink during activation of camshaft adjustment.
If LED lights up continuously.
- Check wire connection of socket 2 of respective connector of solenoid valve for camshaft adjustment for short circuit to Ground (GND).
If voltage test lamp does not blink.
- Check wire connection.
- Connect test box VAG1598/31 at wiring harness to Engine Control Module (ECM), do not connect ECM --> «Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm) .
- Check wire connection of respective connector for solenoid valve for camshaft adjustment for open circuit in wire as well as short circuit to B+.
Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205
| 2-pin connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 , socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 115 |
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ohms
- Repair short circuit in wiring or open circuit in wiring if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208
| 2-pin connector at wiring harness, terminal | Test box VAG1598/31 , socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 120 |
Wire resistance: max. 1.5 ohms
- Repair short circuit in wiring or open circuit in wiring if necessary. --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
If there is neither an open circuit in wiring nor a short circuit, replace Engine Control Module (ECM). --> Engine Control Module, Replacing .
- Read readiness code --> «Readiness Code, Reading»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-reading) . If DTC memory was erased, readiness code must be generated again --> «Readiness Code, Generating»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-bfm__readiness-code-generating) .
- If no malfunction was recognized for all previous tests, replace the respective mechanical camshaft adjuster. --> «15 - ENGINE - CYLINDER HEAD, VALVETRAIN»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/cooling-fan/#42l-v8-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-bfm)
Electrical Components for Regulating Transmission
Multifunction Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 , Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 , Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182 , Transmission Output Speed (RPM) Sensor G195 and Solenoid and pressure regulating valves are integrated in the Mechatronic.
All of these components can neither be tested electrically or replaced individually. In the event of a defect, the entire Mechatronic must be replaced.
Scheme 881
Only the wiring harness - A - with electrical connector - C - between Mechatronic - B - and the 16-pin connector on transmission housing can be replaced individually.
> 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09E ALL WHEEL DRIVE or 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE
Transmission Control Module
Transmission Control Module Voltage Supply, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter VAG1526
- Test adapter kit VAG1594A
Test Prerequisite
- Transmission electronics fuses OK --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations
- Ground (GND) connections on engine and transmission OK
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 V
- Alternator OK
- Ignition switched off.
Scheme 882
Test Sequence
| CAUTION | Only touch Mechatronic electrical connector after you have discharged electrostatically on a grounded object, e.g. skin contact with vehicle Ground (GND). The terminals in the 16-pin connector - arrow - of the wiring harness from transmission housing to Mechatronic must not be touched with the hands under any circumstances. The control module and Mechatronic could be destroyed by static discharge. No measuring instruments should be connected to the 16-pin connector of the wiring harness from transmission housing to Mechatronic. |
- Touch vehicle Ground (GND) with your hand (without gloves) to discharge static.
Scheme 883
- Disconnect electrical connector on transmission. To do this, turn plug counterclockwise - arrow -.
Scheme 884
- Connect multimeter as follows to vehicle wiring harness 16-pin connector for voltage measurement.
| 16-pin connector on wiring harness Bushing | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 13 | Battery positive |
| 16 | Battery positive |
| 14 | Ground (GND) |
- Specification: approx. battery voltage
- Connect multimeter for voltage measurement as follows
| 16-pin connector on wiring harness Bushing | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 9 | Ground (GND) |
- Switch ignition on.
- Specification: approx. battery voltage respectively
- Switch off ignition.
If specifications are not obtained
- Check wire connections for open circuit according to wiring diagram.
- Specification: Wiring resistance 1.5 max. 1.5 ohms
- Repair wire connection, if necessary.
Final Procedures
After repairs, the following work steps must be performed in the mentioned sequence
- Retrieve DTC memory Mode 3: Check DTC memory .
- If necessary, delete DTC memory Mode 4: Reset/erase diagnostic data .
- If DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
Transmission Control Module, Replacing
Note. Country-specific laws make adaptation of the Transmission Control Module (TCM) to the vehicle necessary. This "writing" function is not possible with the generic scan tool, therefore it is necessary to use the VAS5052 in On Board Diagnostic (OBD) function for this purpose.
- Procedure for replacing Transmission Control Module: --> «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a8/d3-2005-2007/remont/automatic-trans/#6-speed-automatic-transmission-09e-awd) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09E ALL WHEEL DRIVE or «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(ref-289215-S02515359162008062700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE
Final Procedures
After connecting connections to control module, the following steps must be carried out in the order described
- Retrieve DTC memory Mode 3: Check DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase DTC memory Mode 4: Reset/erase diagnostic data.
- If DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
See also:
• 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM
• 27 - BATTERY, STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL
• 91 - COMMUNICATION
• 42 - REAR SUSPENSION
• 66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
• 24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)
• 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
• 37 - CONTROLS, HOUSING
• OBD Characteristics
• OBD Technical Data
• Diagnostic Tester, Connecting
• Wire and Component Test at Engine Control Module using VAG 1598/31
• Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory
• Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle Information
• Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data
• Diagnostic Mode 02 - Read Operating Conditions
• Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory
• Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Oxygen Sensor Monitoring Test Results
• Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific Diagnostic Functions
• Diagnostic Mode 07 - Read Faults Detected During the Current or Last Driving Cycle
• Diagnostic Mode 08 - Request Control of On-Board System, Test or Component
• Readiness Code, Generating
• Data Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking
• Address Word 33 - OBD
• SAE P2xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• SAE P3xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• SAE U0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Heated Oxygen Sensors before Catalytic Converter, Removing and Installing
• Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Bank 1, Removing and Installing
• Oxygen Sensor 2 after Catalytic Converter, Bank 2, Removing and Installing
• Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking Function
• Oxygen Sensor after Catalytic Converter, Checking Function
• Heater for Oxygen Sensor before Catalytic Converter, Checking
• Heater for Oxygen Sensors after Catalytic Converter, Checking
• Safety Precautions
• Exhaust System Components, Removing and Installing
• Secondary Air Injection Combination Valve, Checking
• Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor, Checking
• EVAP System Diagnostic Leak Test, Performing
• Leak Detection Pump, Checking
• Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor, Checking
• Readiness Code, Reading
• Mass Air Flow Sensor, Checking
• Intake Air Temperature Sensors, Checking
• Throttle Valve Control Module, Checking
• Fuel Pressure Regulator and Residual Pressure with Return Line, Checking
• Fuel Injectors, Checking
• Right Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Electrical Testing
• Exhaust System, Checking for Leaks
• EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve 2, Electrical Testing
• Fuel Pump Relay, Checking
• Fuel Injection Quantity, Checking for Leaks and Spray Pattern
• Power Output Stages, Checking
• Engine Speed Sensor, Checking
• Camshaft Position Sensors, Checking
• Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay, Checking
• Three Way Catalytic Converters, Checking
• Speed Signal, Checking
• Transmission Control Module Voltage Supply, Checking
• Engine Control Module, Replacing
• Transmission Control Module, Replacing
• Throttle Position Sensor, Checking
• Oxygen Sensors before Catalytic Converter, Checking Signal Wire and Activation
• Fuel Pump 2 Relay, Checking
• Fuel Supply System, Safety Precautions
• Clean Working Conditions
• Contact Corrosion
• Fuel System, Checking for Leaks
• Fuel Tank, Emptying
• Fuel Tank with Attachments, Component Overview
• Fuel Tank with Attachments, Removing and Installing
• Fuel Line Routing, Tank Interior, Overview
• Left Fuel Delivery Unit with Transfer Fuel Pump, Removing and Installing
• Suction Jet Pumps, Function
• Left Suction Jet Pump, Removing and Installing
• Right Suction Jet Pump, Removing and Installing
• Fuel Level Sensor
• Fuel Level Sensor 1, Removing and Installing
• Fuel Level Sensor 3, Checking
• Fuel Level Sensor 3, Removing and Installing
• Fuel Level Sensor 2, Checking
• Fuel Level Sensor 2, Removing and Installing
• Fuel Level Sensor 4, Checking
• Fuel Level Sensor 4, Removing and Installing
• Installation position of right connector flange
• Fuel Level Sensor 1, Checking
• Fuel Filter with Fuel System Return Line, Component Overview
• Fuel Filter with Return Line, Removing and Installing
• Fuel Filter without Return Line, Component Overview
• Fuel Filter without Return Line, Removing and Installing
• EVAP Canister, Removing and Installing
• Leak Detection Pump, Removing and Installing
• Electrical test for Fuel Tank Lock Switch F314
• Accelerator Pedal Module with Throttle Position Sensor and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2, Removing and Installing
• Kick Down Switch, Checking
• Kick Down Switch, Removing and Installing
• Technical Data
• Component Location Overview
• Exhaust Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
• Relay carrier in front passengers footwell
• Connector assignment
• Oxygen Sensors after Catalytic Converter, Checking Signal Wire and Activation
• Intake Manifold Change-Over, Checking Function
• Intake Manifold Change-Over Valve, Checking
• Intake Air Switch-Over Valve, Checking
• Overview: Intake manifold change-over
• Engine Control Module, Checking Voltage Supply
• Exhaust Manifold, Removing and Installing
• Left Front Muffler, Removing and Installing
• Right Front Muffler, Removing and Installing
• Exhaust System, Aligning
• Left Combination Valve, Removing and Installing
• Right Combination Valve, Removing and Installing
• Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor, Removing and Installing
• Ignition, Technical Data
• Knock Sensor Control
• Knock Sensors, Checking
• Camshaft Adjustment, Function